Download Economizers 63-8594 - The Professional Engineer

Technical Reference Manual
Automation and Control Solutions
Honeywell International Inc.
Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée.
1985 Douglas Drive North
35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992
Toronto, Ontario M1V 4Z9
Design and Application Guide for
Honeywell Economizer Controls
customer.honeywell.com
® U.S. Registered Trademark
© 2007 Honeywell International Inc.
63-8594 Rev. 08-07
BLD509-10 Econ Guide Cover.indd 1
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled
paper containing at least 10%
post-consumer paper fibers.
7/16/07 3:47:13 PM
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
0
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Section 1 - Ventilation ....................................................................................
Healthy Air ...........................................................................................................................................................
Symptoms of Inadequate Ventilation ...................................................................................................................
Indoor Air Ventilation Standards ..........................................................................................................................
CO2 Based Demand Control Ventilation ...........................................................................................................
Ventilation Requirements ....................................................................................................................................
Air Handler Control Loops ...................................................................................................................................
Basic Economizer Control ...................................................................................................................................
Mixed Air Formulas ..............................................................................................................................................
Outside Air Percentage Chart ..............................................................................................................................
Example 1: Using the Outside Air Percentage Chart ........................................................................................
Example 2: Use of Outside Air Chart on a Warm Day .......................................................................................
Extra Outside Air Percentage Chart ..................................................................................................................
Example 3: Minimum Ventilation Adjustment ....................................................................................................
Example 4: Ventilation Review Questions .........................................................................................................
Economizer Cycle Definition ................................................................................................................................
Single and Two Stage Cooling With Economizer ..............................................................................................
Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers ..............................................
The Psychrometric Chart .....................................................................................................................................
Relative Humidity and Saturation ........................................................................................................................
Enthalpy ...............................................................................................................................................................
Psychrometric Chart of Enthalpy Economizer Control ......................................................................................
Single Sensor Enthalpy Control ...........................................................................................................................
Two Sensor or Differential Enthalpy ....................................................................................................................
Enthalpy Control with Carbon Dioxide Sensor ....................................................................................................
Section 3 - Types of Economizers ................................................................
Section 3—H705 .................................................................................................................................................
Section 4—W7459 ...............................................................................................................................................
Section 5—W6210 and W7210 ...........................................................................................................................
Section 6—W6215, W7215 and W7460 ..............................................................................................................
Section 7—W7212, W7213 and W7214 ..............................................................................................................
Section 8—W7340 and W7345 ...........................................................................................................................
Table Listing of Economizer Modules without DCV ...........................................................................................
Table Listing of Economizer Modules with DCV ................................................................................................
Enhanced Economizer Features .........................................................................................................................
Transformer Wiring Requirements for Economizers ............................................................................................
Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module ...........................................................
H705 Economizer Module ...................................................................................................................................
H705 Components ...............................................................................................................................................
H705 Enthalpy Setpoint .......................................................................................................................................
H705 Wiring Diagram ..........................................................................................................................................
i
1
3
4
5
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
36
37
38
41
42
43
44
45
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Table of Contents
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module ........................................................
W7459 Enthalpy Module Components .................................................................................................................
W7459A, B, C and D ............................................................................................................................................
M7215, M7415, M7405 and M8405 Actuators .....................................................................................................
W7459 Enthalpy Setpoint Chart ...........................................................................................................................
High Limit Switching .............................................................................................................................................
W7459A Wiring Diagram ......................................................................................................................................
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules ..................................
W7210 Economizer System Components ............................................................................................................
W6210 and W7210 Components .........................................................................................................................
High Limit Function ............................................................................................................................................
W6210 and W7210 Actuator Connections ...........................................................................................................
W7210 Wiring Diagrams ......................................................................................................................................
49
50
52
53
55
56
57
67
68
69
69
70
72
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460
Economizer Modules ......................................................................................
87
W7215 System Components ................................................................................................................................
W6215, W7215 and W7460 Components ............................................................................................................
W7215B and W7460B Components ....................................................................................................................
W6215, W7215, W7460 Inputs and Outputs ........................................................................................................
Input and Output Applications ..............................................................................................................................
Free Cool Contacts ............................................................................................................................................
Exhaust Fan Setpoint .........................................................................................................................................
Purge Contacts ..................................................................................................................................................
Shutdown Contacts ............................................................................................................................................
Air Change Contacts ..........................................................................................................................................
Alarm Contacts ...................................................................................................................................................
Minimum and Maximum Settings .........................................................................................................................
Outdoor Air Content Sensor .................................................................................................................................
W6215, W7215 and W7460 Actuator Usage .......................................................................................................
W6215, W7215 and W7460 Wiring Diagram .......................................................................................................
Indoor Air Content Sensor Settings ......................................................................................................................
Carbon Dioxide Sensor Setup ..............................................................................................................................
88
89
90
91
92
92
92
92
93
93
93
94
95
96
97
117
118
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214
Economizer Modules ...................................................................................... 119
W7212 Economizer System Components ............................................................................................................
W7212, W7213, and W7214 Components ...........................................................................................................
DCV Maximum Position Adjustment ..................................................................................................................
Minimum Position Adjustment ............................................................................................................................
W7212, W7213, and W7214 Wiring Diagram ......................................................................................................
120
121
122
123
125
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module..................................... 133
W7340 Economizer System Components ............................................................................................................
W7340 and W7345 Components .........................................................................................................................
W7340 only ........................................................................................................................................................
Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) Sensor Input (W7340 only) ........................................................................
Settings and Adjustment ....................................................................................................................................
Wiring for W7340 and W7345 ..............................................................................................................................
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
ii
134
136
138
138
139
142
Table of Contents
Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules............................................ 143
Sensor Features ..................................................................................................................................................
Type of Sensors for Economizer .........................................................................................................................
C7650 Temperature Sensor ................................................................................................................................
C7150 and C7046 Mixed and Supply Air Sensors ..............................................................................................
Mixed or Supply Air Sensor Control Sequence ...................................................................................................
Carbon Dioxide Sensor .......................................................................................................................................
144
145
146
147
148
149
Section 11 - Checkout .................................................................................... 151
Standard Checkout Procedure ............................................................................................................................ 152
Checkout W7212 ................................................................................................................................................. 152
Check out C7400 with W7459, W7210 and W7212: .......................................................................................... 153
Section 12 - Simulator for W7212.................................................................. 155
Section 13 – Economizer Savings Estimator .............................................. 157
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades............................................................... 159
How replace an H205 or Barber Colman TH2 Electromechanical Enthalpy control with an H705 ...................... 170
Economizer Systems Quick Selection Guide ...................................................................................................... 171
Cross Reference .................................................................................................................................................. 172
Appendix ......................................................................................................... 179
Glossary .............................................................................................................................................................. 179
Accessories for the M74XX Series Actuators ...................................................................................................... 182
iii
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Table of Contents
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
iv
Section 1 - Ventilation
Section 1 - Ventilation
DAMPER
EX.
AIR
DAMPER
O.A.
DAMPER
MIXED AIR SECTION
1
FILTERS
M23621
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 1 - Ventilation
Indoor Air Quality
The characteristics of the indoor climate of a building, including the gaseous
composition, temperature, relative humidity, and airborne contaminants.
The Arab oil embargo of 1974 caused many
building designers to begin implementing
utility cost reduction measures. One of these
measures was to seal up the building shell to
reducing exfiltration of indoor air and the
resultant heat loss. Utility costs were reduced
but there was a significant negative side effect
that was not detected until 1988: Indoor Air
Quality. Many buildings constructed prior to
1974 had sufficient leakage through poorly
sealed windows and doors to adequately
ventilate the building. Construction methods
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
2
used between 1974 and 1988 substantially
reduced this leakage. As a result many
buildings constructed between 1974 and 1988
are not adequately ventilated.
As the energy costs continue to rise into the
beginning of the 21st century, building
managers are seeking ways to reduce the
energy usage in new and existing buildings
and continue to provide a healthy environment
for the building occupants.
Section 1 - Ventilation
Healthy Air
Building-Related Illness
A diagnosable illness with identifiable symptoms whose cause can be
directly attributed to airborne pollutants within a building such as
Legionnaires disease or hypersensitivity pnuemonitis.
The American Society of Heating,
Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE) are engineers in the HVAC
industry who establish standards for the
mechanical equipment used to heat, cool and
ventilate buildings. The local, state, national
and international buildings codes are based
on these standards. ASHRAE Standard 62.1
is the ventilation standard. It states “indoor air
quality is acceptable when there are no known
3
contaminants at concentrations determined to
be harmful to building occupants, as
determined by cognizant authorities, and
when a substantial majority (80% or more) of
those persons exposed to the indoor air do not
express dissatisfaction with its quality.” This
standard establishes minimum outdoor air
ventilation required to provide a healthy
environment for the building occupants.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 1 - Ventilation
Symptoms of Inadequate Ventilation
Headaches
Dizziness
Drowsiness
Fatigue
Nausea
Eye Irritation
Respiratory Irritation
Causes of poor indoor air quality are not
always caused by the design of the building.
Poor or improper maintenance such as
outdoor air dampers that are blocked open or
completely closed, defective damper actuators
or incorrectly set or malfunctioning controls
may also cause inadequate ventilation. Many
maintenance people respond to occupant
complaints with only temperature in mind. If
the room is within the acceptable temperature
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
4
range of 68 to
78°F. (20 to 26°C) it is perceived that no
adjustments are necessary. The occupants
may have many of the symptoms listed above
but do not have the knowledge to request
“open the outside air damper” or “increase the
volume of supply air to this room.” It is
incumbent on the knowledgeable HVAC
service person to recognize inadequate
ventilation when it is encountered.
Section 1 - Ventilation
Indoor Air Ventilation Standards
ASHRAE is continually updating the
ventilation standard (ASHRAE 62.1) to provide
guidelines for design and maintenance of
buildings. These standards are recommended
guidelines only and are not legal
requirements. However many state and local
codes use the ASHRAE standards as the
basis for building codes for new construction
and building occupancy. They also form a
basis for litigation in indoor air quality lawsuits.
Some measurements and chemicals referred
to in the standards may not be familiar to the
average person in the HVAC industry.
However the majority of the information
contained in these standards is very clearly
stated. Everyone in the HVAC industry should
be knowledgeable about the contents of these
standards.
The ventilation standard states a minimum
outdoor air ventilation rate required per person
per type of environment in Cubic Feet per
Minute (cfm). The ventilation requirement
varies between occupied and unoccupied
periods. Outdoor air dampers are set to a
minimum position based on the maximum
occupancy level for the space. To save energy
costs the ASHRAE 62.1 standard also allows
ventilation to be based on sensor input that
determines occupancy. This is commonly
referred to as demand control ventilation
(DCV).
CO2 Based Demand Control
Ventilation
outdoor air intake when the space is not
occupied to the maximum design occupancy
level. DCV is an energy conservation
measure; its purpose is to reduce outdoor air
intake rates and the energy required to
condition the outdoor air when spaces are not
occupied at maximum design densities.
For those who do not want to read an
engineering standard, the ASHRAE 62.1
committee has written a user manual that:
• offers information on the intent and
application of Standard 62.1
• provides sample calculations and examples.
• provides useful reference materials.
• gives guidance to building operation and
maintenance personnel.
Standard 62.1 Ventilation
for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality
(ANSI Approved)
Order from
ASHRAE Publications Sales
1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30329 or
CO2 is a fairly dependable indicator of the
concentration of the odorous bioeffluents
exhaled by human beings. Therefore we can
use CO2 concentration levels in a space to
determine the human occupancy and reduce
www.ashrae.org
5
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 1 - Ventilation
Ventilation Requirements
Ventilation is defined as the process of
bringing outside air into a building. The four
major reasons for ventilation are:
1. To ensure a healthy atmosphere.
Ventilation is used to dilute indoor
contaminants and provide fresh air for
breathing.
system. Section 6 of ASHRAE 62.1 offers two
procedures designers can use to determine
ventilation rates, Ventilation Rate Procedure
(VRP) and the Indoor Air Quality Procedure
(IAQP).
2. To pressurize the building. Positive
pressure inside a building prevents
infiltration of unconditioned and unfiltered
outside air through openings.
3. To provide atmospheric cooling. Bringing
in cool outside air is more energy efficient
and less costly than using mechanical
cooling equipment.
4. To replace air that is being exhausted.
The term for this is make-up air.
Whenever air is exhausted, replacement
air must be provided.
The VRP method is based on typical spaces
and usage, the rates are intended to dilute and
exhaust bioeffluents from occupants and
building contaminants to satisfy the 80% of the
occupants of the space. There are two
sources of contaminants in a space that
ventilation is intended to reduce: Occupants
and their activities (e.g., use of office
equipment) and Off-gassing from building
materials. The ventilation rate in the breathing
zone (Vbz) required for both people related
sources (Vp) and building related sources (Va)
is:
Vbz = Vp + Va
Vp and Va both have two components; Vp is
the number of people in the space (Pz) times
the occupant comfort factor Rp (minimum
ventilation rate determined by extensive
studies for occupant comfort based on activity
level in the space) and Va is the area of the
space (Az) times the building component
factor Ra (minimum ventilation rate
determined by extensive studies for occupant
comfort based on type of space). Therefore
ventilation required in the breathing zone
becomes:
DAMPER
EX.
AIR
DAMPER
O.A.
Vbz = RpPz + RaAz
DAMPER
MIXED AIR SECTION
FILTERS
M23621
The mixed air controls are used to maintain a
minimum ventilation volume at all times. This
is in addition to controlling the dampers for
atmospheric cooling.
Determining the amount of ventilation required
for a space is probably one of the hardest an
engineer faces in the design of the ventilation
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
6
Rp and Ra values are found in ASHRAE 62.1
User’s manual (Table 6-A) and ASHRAE 62.1
Standard.
The outdoor air or recirculated air may be
cleaned using a filter or air cleaner but the
outdoor air ventilation rates cannot be reduced
below the rate determined by the above
formula.
Section 1 - Ventilation
For a single zone system VOT (outdoor
ventilation) is the same as Vbz. For multiple
zone systems a zone air distribution system
effectiveness (E) factor needs to be used in
the calculation of the VOT. See ASHRAE
Standard 62.1 for method.
The IAQP method is used for spaces where
the designers target a specific contaminant
and control the level of the contaminant
concentration. This method has two
requirements: Maintain concentration of
specific contaminant(s) below target
concentration limits and achieve a design
target of perceived indoor air quality
acceptability. The IAQP method allows
ventilation rates to be lower than the rates
required by the VRP method if it can be
demonstrated the resulting air quality can
meet the required criteria.
The IAQP procedure has 4 steps:
• Identify the contaminants of concern.
• Determine acceptable concentration of
contaminant(s).
• Specify the perceived indoor air quality
criteria.
• Apply an acceptable design approach to
achieve the performance criteria.
Additional information on ventilation and the
two methods used to determine the ventilation
rates can be found in ANSI/ASHRAE Standard
62.1 and in the User’s manual for ANSI/
ASHRAE Standard 62.1. Both documents are
available on the ASHRAE website at
http://resourcecenter.ashrae.org/store/ashrae/
Example using the VRP method: Office space
of 6600 sq. feet with maximum occupancy of 7
persons per 1000 ft2.
Vbz = RpPz + RaAz where
Rp = 5 cfm per person
(Table 6-A ASHRAE 62.1 User’s Manual)
Pz = 7 person per 1000 ft2 x Az
Ra = 0.06 cfm per ft2
(Table 6-A ASHRAE 62.1 User’s Manual)
Az = 6600 ft2.
Vbz = 5 ft3 / min/person x 7 persons/1000 ft2 x
6600 ft2 + 0.06 ft3/ min/ft2 x 6600 ft2
= 231 cfm + 396 cfm
=627 cfm
7
In our example during maximum occupancy
the ventilation is 627 cfm. When the
occupancy rate is less than the maximum
occupancy, the ventilation rate can be
adjusted to a lower occupancy and the
ventilation increased as the CO2 level in the
space increases. This can be done following
these steps:
• Calculate the VOT.
• Use Vbz = RpPz + RaAz, where Pz = 0. This
is the new ventilation rate Vat (the area
building based component).
• Add a CO2 sensor to the space.
• Adjust the CO2 maximum to the Vbz (for
maximum occupancy).
• Adjust the minimum position for occupancy
for Va.
In our example the Vbz ventilation is 627 cfm
and the minimum position (Va) is 396 cfm.
Using a CO2 sensor for Demand Control
Ventilation, the new minimum position is set
for 396 cfm and the maximum damper position
for occupancy ventilation is 627 cfm. When
one person enters the space or the
commercial thermostat goes into occupancy
mode, the outdoor air dampers will open to
bring in 396 cfm of outdoor air. As space
occupancy increases, the CO2 level will
increase and the outdoor air dampers will
modulate open to the maximum of 627 cfm of
outdoor air.
NOTE: When the commercial thermostat calls
for free cooling using an economizer,
the dampers are still allowed to
override the DCV maximum position
for ventilation and open the damper
100% open for free cooling.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 1 - Ventilation
Air Handler Control Loops
DAMPER
RETURN AIR
FROM ROOM
EX.
AIR
HEATING COIL
DAMPER
MIXED
AIR
O.A.
SUPPLY
AIR TO
BUILDING
FILTERS
DAMPER
COOLING COIL
CONDITIONING
SECTION
MIXED AIR
SECTION
FAN
FAN
SECTION
TERMINAL
SECTION
M23889
There are typically four sections of an air
handler. The Mixed Air Section is where
return air and outside air are combined
(mixed). Some fans may be 100% return air or
100% outside air and will not have a mixed air
section.
The Conditioning Section commonly
contains filtration, heating, cooling and
humidification. The filters and heating and
cooling coils are located in the conditioning
section of the air handler.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
In the Fan Section on the air handler shown
there is a supply fan. On other air handlers
there may be a return or exhaust fan. The
supply fan on this unit is referred to as a pullthrough because it is located on the outlet of
the coils. If it were located in front of the coils
then it would be a push-through fan.
The Terminal Section is composed of all the
components between the central fan and the
zones.
8
Section 1 - Ventilation
Basic Economizer Control
DAMPER
EXHAUST
AIR
RETURN AIR
FROM ROOM
DAMPER
TR
B
TR1
C
SO
A
+
D
SR
DAMPER
MOTOR
+
5
1
3
2
4
X
6
D
H705
ENTHALPY
CONTROL
DAMPER
LINKAGE
OUTSIDE
AIR
SUPPLY
AIR TO
BUILDING
F
110
120
130
100
F
140
90
130
140
15
80
170
60
120
90
16
70
110
100
15
80
100
80
16
70
180
170
60
180
120
60
40
°F
140
PROPORTIONAL
MINIMUM POSITION
CONTROL FOR
ECONOMIZER TWO-POSITION
OUTSIDE AIR
HIGH LIMIT. CLOSES OUTSIDE
DAMPERS
AIR DAMPERS TO MINIMUM WHEN
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
IS HIGHER THAN 70˚F (21 C)
Shown is the most basic temperature based
electric economizer control configuration. The
averaging element mixed air controller with
the sensing element is located in the duct
before the cooling or heating coils and
maintains the mixed air at 55°F (13°C). A two
position limit controller with sensing element in
outdoor air is used to close the outside air
dampers to a minimum position if the outdoor
air temperature is too warm to use for cooling.
There is a minimum position control on most
air handlers. The function of this control is to
ensure proper ventilation. The control provides
adjustable damper positioning between 0 and
100%. The outdoor damper position must be
set for minimum ventilation requirements
based on building occupancy as defined by
state or local code.
9
PROPORTIONAL MIXED
AIR CONTROLLER.
SETPOINT 55˚F (13 C)
M23916
NOTE: A setting of 25% does not produce
25% airflow because the flow through
dampers is nonlinear.
It is important to know how much outside air is
being brought into a building through the
outdoor dampers on the air handlers. When
the return and mixed air temperatures can be
measured there is a formula used to calculate
the settings that will provide the desired
quantity of outside air.
A second formula is used to calculate the
mixed air temperature when the outside air
temperature, the return air temperature and
the required percentage of outside air are
known. Using the formula Vbz = Vp we know
the total ventilation and volume required.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 1 - Ventilation
Mixed Air Formulas
“OA”
“MA”
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
+
S
“RA”
CONTROLLER
TB8220
COMMERCIAL
PRO
M23917
Return Air
Temperature
Return Air
Temperature
_
_
Mixed Air
Temperature
Outdoor Air
Temperature
x 100% =
Volume (%) of
Outside Air
Formula for Measuring the Percentage of Outside Air in an Air Handler.
This formula is used to determine the
percentage of outside air by volume that is
being brought into a building from the outside.
The OA dampers can be adjusted by
measuring the MA, OA and RA to balance the
Return Air
Temperature
X
% of
Return
Air
+
correct Vbz. It is a test that should be
conducted during routine maintenance to
ensure that the correct percentage of
ventilation is being provided.
Outside Air
Temperature
X
% of
Outside
Air
=
Temperature
of Mixed Air
Formula for Adjusting the Minimum Position Control.
This formula is used to make adjustments to
the mixed air controls. In ASHRAE 62.1 there
are two components of the percent of outdoor
air ventilation required, the human component
and the buildings effluent component. The
rates in the standard are based on the type of
human activity normally performed in the
building. For example: the base rate for office
buildings is 5 cfm per person and the building
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
10
effluent rate is 0.06 cfm per square foot of
space. Initially only two temperatures are
measured, return and outside air. The
minimum position control is then adjusted until
the mixed air temperature is equal to the result
of the formula. For design requirements for
CFM per person for all building types, refer to
ASHRAE standard 62.1 section 6 and/or local
or state building codes.
Section 1 - Ventilation
Outside Air Percentage Chart
MIXED and RETURN AIR TEMPERATURES
-29 C
-20 F
%
O
U
T
S
I
D
E
-23
-10
-18
0
-12
10
-7
20
-1
30
4
40
10
50
16
60
21
70
27
80
32
90
38
100
43 49 C
110 120 F
0%
0%
10%
10%
20%
20%
30%
30%
O
U
T
40% S
I
50%
D
E
60%
40%
50%
60%
A 70%
I
R 80%
70%
90%
90%
A
I
80% R
100%
-20 F
-29 C
%
100%
-10
-23
0
-18
10
-12
20
-7
30
-1
40
4
50
10
60
16
70
21
80
27
90
32
100
38
110 120 F
43 49 C
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
M25274
This chart can also be used for measuring the
percentage of outside air on an air handler.
The same three temperatures are measured
per the formulas on the preceding page. Lines
are drawn on the chart using a ruler. As with
the formulas this chart is most effective if there
is at least a 10 degree F difference between
the return and outside air. This will typically
require either a warm or cold day rather than
moderate weather. It is more accurate to
measure outside air percentage on a day
11
when the outside temperature is 10°F (-12°C)
rather than on a day when it is 70°F (21°C). If
the temperature difference between the return
and outside air is only a few degrees, a small
error in measurements can alter the results by
as much as 50% using this method. If the
temperature difference is 40 or 50°F (22 or
28°C) small errors in measurement do not
substantially affect the results of the
calculations.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 1 - Ventilation
Example 1: Using the Outside Air Percentage Chart
OUTSIDE
AIR
CHART
MIXED AIR TEMP
59 F (15 C)
OUTSIDE AIR TEMP
25 F (-4 C)
RETURN AIR TEMP
70 F (21 C)
MIXED and RETURN AIR TEMPERATURES
-29 C
-20 F
-23
-10
-18
0
-12
10
-7
20
-1
30
4
40
10
50
16
60
21
70
27
80
0%
%
10%
20%
O
U
T
S
I
D
E
1
Measure the mixed air
temperature. This should be
done in 4 or more locations
and averaged.
40%
50%
60%
6
A 70%
I
R 80%
Measure the
return air
temperature.
3
2
Draw a line straight
down from the mixed
air temperature till it
intersects the line that
was just drawn.
Draw a line from the return
air on top to the outside air
on the bottom.
0%
10%
%
O
U
T
40% S
I
50%
D
E
60%
30%
A
I
80% R
70%
Measure the outside air temperature. 90%
100%
100%
-20 F
-29 C
43 49 C
110 120 F
20%
5
90%
38
100
4
30%
At the point of
intersection draw a
line to the left till the
percentage of outside
air is indicated.
32
90
-10
-23
0
-18
10
-12
20
-7
30
-1
40
4
50
10
60
16
70
21
80
27
90
32
100
38
110 120 F
43 49 C
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
1. Measure the return air temperature.
According to the results from this chart this air
handler is supplied with 26% outside air. If the
total supply volume is 20,000 cubic feet per
minute (cfm) (566 m3/min) then:
M25275
2. Measure the outside air temperature.
3. Draw a line from the return air
temperature to the outside air
temperature.
0.26 X 20,000 cfm of total supply air equals
5,200 cfm of outside air (147 m3/min).
4. Measure the mixed air temperature in
multiple locations and determine the
average.
This indicates that when the measurements
were done on this air handler the total volume
of outside air in the mixed air was 5,200 cfm of
outside air (147 m3/min).
5. Draw a line down from the mixed air
temperature to the point where it
intersects the first line.
6. Draw a line from the point of intersection
to the outside air percentage on the left
side of the chart.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
12
Section 1 - Ventilation
Example 2: Use of Outside Air Chart on a Warm Day
OUTSIDE
AIR
CHART
MIXED AIR TEMP
75 F (24 C)
OUTSIDE AIR TEMP
84 F (29 C)
RETURN AIR TEMP
71 F (22 C)
MIXED and RETURN AIR TEMPERATURES
-29 C
-20 F
-23
-10
-18
0
0%
%
-7
20
-1
30
4
40
10
50
16
60
21
70
27
80
30%
A 70%
I
R 80%
90%
10%
5
6
Measure the mixed
air temperature.
This should be
done in 4 or more
locations and
averaged.
20%
Measure the
outside air
temperature.
70%
3
At the point of
intersection draw a
line to the left till
the percentage of
outside air is
indicated.
Draw a line
from the return
air on top to the
outside air on
the bottom.
2
%
O
U
T
40% S
I
50%
D
E
60%
30%
A
I
80% R
90%
100%
100%
-20 F
-29 C
43 49 C
110 120 F
4
40%
60%
38
100
0%
Draw a line straight down from the
mixed air temperature till it intersects
the line that was just drawn.
50%
32
90
1
Measure the return air
temperature.
10%
20%
O
U
T
S
I
D
E
-12
10
-10
-23
0
-18
10
-12
20
-7
30
-1
40
4
50
10
60
16
70
21
80
27
90
32
100
38
110 120 F
43 49 C
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
M25276
The chart can also be used on a warm day
when the outside air temperature exceeds
both the return and the mixed air
temperatures. The first line drawn will slant in
13
a different direction. Once again it is best to do
this test when there is a minimum of 10
degrees F difference between the outside and
return air.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 1 - Ventilation
Extra Outside Air Percentage Chart
MIXED AIR TEMP
OUTSIDE AIR TEMP
RETURN AIR TEMP
OUTSIDE
AIR
CHART
%
-29 C
-20 F
0%
-23
-10
-18
0
-7
20
-1
30
4
40
50
10
10
50
60
16
16
60
70
21
21
70
80
27
27
80
90
32
32
90
100
38
38
100
MIXED and RETURN AIR TEMPERATURES
-12
10
40
4
30%
40%
0%
43 49 C
110 120 F
60%
80%
60%
50%
A 70%
I
R 80%
90%
110 120 F
43 49 C
%
70% A
I
R
90%
100%
O
30% U
T
40% S
I
50%
D
E
10%
30
-1
10%
20
-7
20%
10
-12
20%
0
-18
14
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
O
U
T
S
I
D
E
-10
-23
100%
-20 F
-29 C
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
M25277
Section 1 - Ventilation
Example 3: Minimum Ventilation Adjustment
EXHAUST
AIR
DAMPER
RETURN
AIR
73˚F (23 C)
DAMPER
OUTSIDE
AIR
30˚F (-1 C)
M23910
1. Specifications:
Office space - 100,000 ft2
Air handler capacity 20,000 cfm
(566 m3/min.)
People in area - 250
3. Ventilation percentage:
7250 cfm (205.3 m3/min)/20,000 cfm
(570 m3/min)
VOT maximum position= 36%
6000 cfm (169.9 m3/min)/20,000 cfm
(570 m3/min)
VOT Minimum position= 30%
2. Ventilation (VOT) required:
= 250 x 5 cfm + 0.06 cfm/ft2 x 100,000 ft2
= 1250 cfm + 6000 cfm
= 7250 cfm
Where Vat = 0.06 cfm/ft2 x 100,000 ft2.
Therefore Vat = 6000 cfm
4. Measure the return air temperature:
73°F (23°C).
5. Measure the outside air temperature:
30°F (-1°C).
This example shows a procedure for adjusting
the DCV maximum and minimum positions.
15
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 1 - Ventilation
RETURN
AIR
73˚F (23 C)
FILTERS
OUTSIDE
AIR
30˚F (-1 C)
SUPPLY
AIR
+
S
SUPPLY OR
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
COILS
FAN
ADJUST THIS SETTING
UNTIL THE MIXED AIR
IS 62.5˚F (17 C)
COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT
M23918
Return Air
Temperature
% of
Return
Air
X
+
Outside Air
Temperature
% of
Outside
Air
X
=
Temperature
of Mixed Air
6. Use the mixed air temperature formula or the graph to determine the Demand Control
Ventilation maximum MAT:
73°F (23°C)
X
64%
46.7°F (8.2°C)
+
30°F (-1°C)
+
X
36%
=
10.8°F (-11.8°C)
Temperature of
Mixed Air
57.5°F (14.2°C)
7. Use the mixed air temperature formula or the graph to determine the minimum position MAT:
73°F (23°C)
X
60%
43.8°F (8.2°C)
+
30°F (-1°C)
+
12°F (-11°C)
8. Close the outside air dampers. The
method used for this depends upon the
controller being used.
30%
=
Temperature of
Mixed Air
55.8°F (13.2°C)
11. Close the outside air dampers. Turn the
minimum position control (pot) until the
measured mixed air temp is 55.8 °F
(13.2°C).
9. Turn the DCV maximum position control
(pot) until the measured mixed air
temperature is 57.5°F (14.2°C).
12. Mark this setting on the control as being
30% outdoor air.
10. Mark this setting on the control as being
36% outdoor air.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
X
16
Section 1 - Ventilation
Example 4: Ventilation Review Questions
EXHAUST
AIR
DAMPER
RETURN
AIR
68˚F (20 C)
30,000 CFM
(849 M3 MIN.)
OUTSIDE
AIR
21˚F (-6 C)
M23920
4. Measure the return air temperature:
68°F (20°C)
1. Specifications:
Office space - 200,000 ft2.
Air handler capacity - 30,000 cfm
(849 m3/min)
People in area - 350
5. Measure the outside air temperature:
21°F (-6°C)
2. Ventilation required:
=350 x 5 cfm per person + 0.06 cfm/ft2 x
200,000 ft2
=1750 cfm + 12,000 cfm
=13750 cfm
This is the air handler for an office building
with 350 people maximum occupancy.
Complete the required steps in the procedure
to adjust the controls for the correct volume of
ventilation.
3. Ventilation percentage:
13750 cfm (389.4 m3/min)/30,000 cfm
(849 m3/min)
17
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 1 - Ventilation
RETURN
AIR
68˚F (20 C)
FILTERS
OUTSIDE
AIR
21˚F (-6 C)
SUPPLY
AIR
+
S
SUPPLY OR
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
ADJUST THIS SETTING
UNTIL THE MIXED AIR
IS ___˚F (___ C)
CONTROLLER
COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT
M23919
Return Air
Temperature
X
% of
Return Air
Outside Air X
% of
+ Temperature
Outside Air =
Temperature
of Mixed Air
6. Use the mixed air temperature formula or the graph:
68°F (20°C)
X
____%
_____°F (____°C)
+
21°F (-6°C)
+
____%
_____°F (_____C)
=
Temperature of
Mixed Air
_____°F (____°C)
9. Mark this setting on the control as being
_____% outdoor air.
NOTE: Note use this formula to determine
DCV maximum MAT and Minimum
position MAT.
10. Turn the minimum position until the
measured mixed air temperature is
_____°F (_____°C).
7. Close the outside air dampers to the
minimum position.
The method used for this depends upon
the controller being used.
11. Mark this setting on the control as being
_____% outdoor air.
12. Restore all settings and setpoints.
8. Turn the DCV maximum control
(potentiometer) until the measured mixed
air temperature is _____°F (_____ °C).
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
X
18
Section 1 - Ventilation
Economizer Cycle Definition
ECONOMIZER PANEL
YES
SINGLE STAGE COOLING
OUTSIDE
AIR COOL?
OPEN OUTSIDE
AIR DAMPER
NO
Y1
Y2
FIRST
STAGE COOL
MECHANICAL
COOL 1
SECOND
STAGE COOL
COMPRESSOR
CONTROLLER/ COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT
On a First Call for Cooling From
Commercial Thermostat (Y1)
M13816
When the mixed or supply air goes below 50°F
(10°C) the damper is modulated towards
closed.
Controller signal is routed to the economizer
logic module.
When the mixed or supply air goes above
56°F (13°C) the damper is modulated towards
open.
IF THE OUTDOOR AIR IS SUITABLE FOR
FREE COOLING:
Actuator modulates the outdoor damper open
until the room temperature is cool enough to
satisfy the call for cooling and maintain the
mixed or discharge air between 50 and 55°F
(10 and 13°C).
When the mixed or discharge air is between
50 and 55 °F (10 and 13°C) the actuator will
hold damper position.
19
IF THE OUTDOOR AIR IS NOT SUITABLE
FOR FREE COOLING:
The first stage of the cooling compressor is
turned on and the dampers are set to
minimum for occupancy requirements (Vat if
using DCV, VOT if no DCV).
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 1 - Ventilation
Single and Two Stage Cooling With Economizer
ECONOMIZER PANEL
YES
TWO STAGE COOLING
OUTSIDE
AIR COOL?
NO
Y1
OPEN OUTSIDE
AIR DAMPER
FIRST
STAGE COOL
MECHANICAL
COOL 1
Y2
SECOND
STAGE COOL
MECHANICAL
COOL 2
COMPRESSORS
CONTROLLER/ COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT
On a Call for Second Stage Cooling
IF THE OUTDOOR AIR IS NOT SUITABLE
FOR FREE COOLING:
Controller signal is routed to the economizer
logic module.
The first stage cooling compressor is on, and
the logic module turns on the second stage of
mechanical cooling.
IF THE OUTDOOR AIR IS SUITABLE FOR
FREE COOLING AND THE OUTSIDE AIR
DAMPERS ARE OPEN:
The economizer logic turns on the first stage
of mechanical cooling for the second stage of
cooling required by the commercial
thermostat.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
M13817
20
NOTE: A commercial thermostat with a
minimum of two stages of cooling is
required. The first stage must be
available for economizing if outside air
is suitable.
Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers
Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers
50 BTU/LB
116 k-J/kg
90
%
%
25 BTU/LB
RH
58 k-J/kg
5
20 BTU/LB
60
15
55
BTU/LB
34.8 kJ/kg
50
45
35
40
F(
27
60
%
69.7 k-J/kg
46.4 k-J/kg
F(
13
C
F(
10
C)
F(
7C
)
F(
16
)W
ET
WE
4
C)
WE
BU
TB
F(
WE
UL
4C
TB
B
F(
)
WE
UL
2C
) W
B
TB
ET
UL
BU
B
LB
)
WE
%
80
RH
30 BTU/LB
F(
29
C
70
SA
T
81.4 k-J/kg
F(
32
C)
WE
T
RH
UR
35 BTU/LB
85
80
AT
IO
92.8 k-J/kg
RH
N-
40 BTU/LB
90
10
0%
104.5 k-J/kg
RH
RH
45 BTU/LB
TB
UL
B
0%
0%
30
75
24
RH
70
RH
%
65
RH
20%
LB
F(
C)
C)
F(
21
C
F(
18
WE
TB
U
) W
ET
WE
H
10% R
LB
TB
UL
TB
U
WE
C)
BU
BU
TB
U
B
LB
LB
LB
LB
40 F
50 F
60 F
70 F
80 F
90 F
100 F
110 F
120 F
4 C
10 C
16 C
21 C
27 C
32 C
38 C
43 C
49 C
35 F
45 F
55 F
65 F
75 F
85 F
95 F
105 F
115 F
2 C
7 C
13 C
18 C
24 C
29 C
35 C
41 C
46 C
DRY BULB TEMPERATURES
M25280
21
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers
The Psychrometric Chart
This is a psychrometric chart. To use the chart
effectively the thermodynamic properties of air
must be known. Some common terms are:
(274 meters per minute). The evaporation of
the water causes the temperature to drop, this
may also be referred to as the “evaporation
effect.” When the temperature stops falling
that is the wet bulb temperature. The sling
psychrometer is a common instrument used to
determine the wet bulb temperature although
there are other methods now available.
Dry Bulb Temperature
The temperature read directly on an ordinary
thermometer.
Dry bulb and wet bulb are the two most readily
measurable variables on the chart and when
known can be used to determine all other
properties on the psychrometric chart.
Wet Bulb Temperature
90
RH
RH
RH
%
50
F(
13
F(
10
C
C)
C)
WE
TB
UL
B
TB
UL
) W
F(
B
7C
ET
40
)W
B
F
UL
35
(4
E
T
C)
B
F(
BU
WE
2C
LB
) W
TB
ET
UL
BU
B
LB
45
RH
%
%
40
WE
C)
TB
UL
WE
%
80
F(
27
60
55
F(
16
WE
TB
U
70
SA
T
50
60
)
%
F(
29
RH
UR
80
AT
F(
32
C
90
85
%
IO
N-
10
0%
RH
The temperature read on a thermometer
whose bulb is encased in a wet wick and with
air blown across the wick at 900 ft. per minute
75
F(
24
RH
70
RH
%
30
65
RH
20%
F(
21
C)
WE
C)
WE
F(
18
C)
TB
UL
B
TB
UL
WE
H
10% R
LB
TB
UL
B
WE
C)
B
B
TB
UL
B
40 F
50 F
60 F
70 F
80 F
90 F
100 F
110 F
4 C
10 C
16 C
21 C
27 C
32 C
38 C
43 C
120 F
49 C
35 F
45 F
55 F
65 F
75 F
85 F
95 F
105 F
115 F
2 C
7 C
13 C
18 C
24 C
29 C
35 C
41 C
46 C
DRY BULB TEMPERATURES
M25278
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
22
Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers
Relative Humidity and Saturation
Relative Humidity
Saturation
Relative Humidity is the ratio of the measured
amount of moisture in the air to the maximum
amount of moisture the air can hold at the
same temperature and pressure. Relative
humidity is expressed in percent of saturation.
Air with a relative humidity of 35%, for
example, is holding 35 percent of the moisture
that it is capable of holding at that temperature
and pressure.
The point at which the relative humidity
reaches 100% and no more moisture can be
contained in the air is the saturation point. The
relative humidity and saturation lines are the
only curved lines on this psychrometric chart.
RH
%
90
RH
85
F(
32
C)
WE
T
F(
29
%
RH
80
F(
27
60
55
50
F(
13
F(
10
C)
F(
16
C)
C)
WE
TB
UL
B
TB
UL
F(
W
B
7C
ET
40
)W
B
F
UL
35
(4
E
T
C)
B
F(
BU
WE
2C
LB
) W
TB
ET
UL
BU
B
LB
45
RH
0%
%
40
WE
WE
70
SA
T
5
60
C)
%
RH
UR
80
AT
%
IO
N-
10
0%
RH
90
30
75
F(
24
RH
70
RH
%
65
RH
20%
F(
21
F(
18
C)
WE
C)
WE
C)
TB
U
50 F
60 F
70 F
80 F
90 F
100 F
110 F
4 C
10 C
16 C
21 C
27 C
32 C
38 C
43 C
45 F
55 F
2 C
7 C
13 C
LB
B
TB
UL
B
40 F
35 F
B
LB
TB
UL
WE
H
10% R
LB
TB
UL
TB
U
WE
C)
BU
120 F
49 C
65 F
75 F
85 F
95 F
105 F
115 F
18 C
24 C
29 C
35 C
41 C
46 C
DRY BULB TEMPERATURES
M25279
23
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers
Enthalpy
Latent Heat
The measure of heat used in the United States
today is the British Thermal Unit or BTU. This
is the amount of heat required to raise the
temperature of one pound of water by one
degree Fahrenheit. A metric unit is the joule.
There are 1055 joules per BTU.
Heat required to change water to vapor
(steam) without change in temperature or
pressure is latent heat. It is also called heat of
vaporization. When water is vaporized the
latent heat passes into the air, and when vapor
condenses, latent heat is removed.
Sensible Heat
Total Heat (Enthalpy)
Heat that changes the temperature of the air
without changing its moisture content or dew
point temperature is sensible heat. Heat
added by a heating coil is sensible heat. Heat
removed by a cooling coil that remains dry is
also sensible heat.
The sum of sensible and latent heat and is
commonly referred to as enthalpy. Enthalpy is
often referred to as the total heat content of
the air.
50 BTU/LB
116 k-J/kg
90
%
80
AT
25 BTU/LB
RH
58 k-J/kg
5
20 BTU/LB
60
15
55
BTU/LB
34.8 kJ/kg
F(
27
60
%
69.7 k-J/kg
46.4 k-J/kg
50
F(
13
F(
10
C)
F(
16
C)
C)
4
WE
WE
TB
UL
B
TB
UL
F(
W
B
7C
ET
40
)
B
F(
WE
UL
35
4C
T
B
F(
)W
BU
2C
LB
ET
) W
BU
ET
LB
BU
LB
45
C)
WE
%
80
RH
30 BTU/LB
F(
29
70
SA
T
81.4 k-J/kg
F(
32
C)
WE
T
RH
UR
35 BTU/LB
85
%
IO
92.8 k-J/kg
RH
N-
40 BTU/LB
90
10
0%
104.5 k-J/kg
RH
RH
45 BTU/LB
0%
0%
30
75
F(
24
RH
70
RH
%
65
RH
20%
F(
21
F(
18
C)
WE
C)
WE
C)
TB
U
50 F
60 F
70 F
80 F
90 F
100 F
110 F
4 C
10 C
16 C
21 C
27 C
32 C
38 C
43 C
45 F
55 F
2 C
7 C
13 C
LB
B
TB
UL
B
40 F
35 F
B
LB
TB
UL
WE
H
10% R
LB
TB
UL
TB
U
WE
C)
BU
120 F
49 C
65 F
75 F
85 F
95 F
105 F
115 F
18 C
24 C
29 C
35 C
41 C
46 C
DRY BULB TEMPERATURES
M25280
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
24
Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers
Psychrometric Chart of
Enthalpy Economizer Control
outside air will be brought in and extra cooling
capacity will be required to dehumidify it.
Enthalpy economizers take temperature and
humidity into account. With enthalpy control,
humid air below a conventional dry bulb
temperature setpoint is locked out. Cooling
costs are lowered in most climates when using
enthalpy instead of dry bulb temperature with
the economizer.
A standard dry bulb economizer discussed
earlier causes the air handler to switch over
from outside air to return air at the setpoint of
the outside air high limit. This will typically be
75 or 76°F. (24°C). Dry bulb economizers only
control the outside air dampers based on
temperature. If it is a cool but rainy day, the
TEMPERATURE HIGH LIMIT AND ENTHALPY
SELECTION OF RETURN AIR
50 BTU/LB
ENTHALPY
ONLY
CONTROL
SELECTION
OF RETURN
AIR
116 k-J/kg
90
RH
%
25 BTU/LB
RH
58 k-J/kg
50
20 BTU/LB
60
15
55
BTU/LB
34.8 kJ/kg
F(
27
C
60
%
69.7 k-J/kg
46.4 k-J/kg
50
45
F(
10
F(
13
F(
16
C)
C)
WE
C)
%
%
40
WE
C)
TB
U
LB
TB
UL
B
3
75
24
RH
70
RH
0%
65
RH
20%
F(
WE
7C
40
TB
)W
F
UL
35
(4
E
T
C
B
F(
)W
BU
2C
LB
ET
) W
BU
ET
LB
BU
LB
F(
F(
21
)
H
10% R
WE
C)
WE
LB
TB
UL
B
TB
UL
B
WE
C)
F(
18
C
TB
U
WE
%
80
RH
30 BTU/LB
WE
70
SA
T
81.4 k-J/kg
F(
29
RH
UR
35 BTU/LB
85
80
AT
IO
92.8 k-J/kg
)
%
N-
40 BTU/LB
F(
32
C
90
10
0%
104.5 k-J/kg
RH
RH
45 BTU/LB
TB
UL
B
TB
U
) W
ET
BU
LB
LB
40 F
50 F
60 F
70 F
80 F
90 F
100 F
110 F
120 F
4 C
10 C
16 C
21 C
27 C
32 C
38 C
43 C
49 C
35 F
45 F
55 F
65 F
75 F
85 F
95 F
105 F
115 F
2 C
7 C
13 C
18 C
24 C
29 C
35 C
41 C
46 C
DRY BULB TEMPERATURES
TEMPERATURE AND ENTHALPY
SELECTION OF OUTSIDE AIR
FOR FREE COOLING
TEMPERATURE ONLY
HIGH LIMIT SELECTION
OF RETURN AIR
M25281
25
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers
Single Sensor Enthalpy Control
There are two enthalpy control strategies
available: single and differential enthalpy
control.
The single enthalpy control uses one enthalpy
sensor located in the outdoor air in any
orientation that exposes it to freely circulating
air and protects it from rain, snow and direct
sunlight. The enthalpy sensor replaces the dry
bulb high limit used in a standard economizer.
Instead of switching the mixed air control loop
from outdoor to return air at a preset outdoor
air dry bulb temperature, on a call for cooling
from the controller or commercial thermostat
the economizer logic module compares the
outdoor enthalpy to a preselected setpoint.
The value of the setpoint is illustrated on the
psychrometric chart on page 55 with curves
labeled as A, B, C or D. The setpoint selected
will vary based on climate, activities in the
controlled area and the type of mechanical
equipment used to provide cooling. An
installer can choose a more aggressive
setpoint A for more free cooling or a
conservative setpoint D for less free cooling.
The mixed air sensor, located in the area
where the return and outdoor air mix,
maintains the mixed air temperature between
50 and 56°F (10.0 and 12.8°C).
SINGLE SENSOR OR HIGH LIMIT ENTHALPY
OUTSIDE
AIR SENSOR
SUPPLY
AIR TO
BUILDING
+
S
MIXED OR
SUPPLY AIR
SENSOR
COILS
FAN
W7212 ECONOMIZER
CONTROLLER
WITH DEMAND
CONTROL
VENTILATION
TB8220
COMMERCIAL
PRO
C7400 SOLID
STATE
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
+
S
COOLING AND HEATING CONTROLLED FROM COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT. ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER CONTROLLER
FUNCTIONS AS FIRST STAGE OF COOLING.
THE C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS WIDELY USED WITH HONEYWELL
CONTROLLERS. IT COMBINES BOTH TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY
MEASUREMENTS INTO ONE DEVICE. TWO C7400’S ARE NEEDED TO
PROVIDE DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
M23906
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
26
Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers
Two Sensor or Differential Enthalpy
A dual sensor enthalpy control is equipped
with the same outdoor air enthalpy sensor and
an additional second enthalpy sensor in the
return air. This is also referred to as differential
enthalpy. On a call for cooling or when the
mixed air temperature goes above 56°F, or
there is a call for additional cooling from the
commercial thermostat, the air with the lower
enthalpy, outdoor or return, is selected to be
brought into the conditioning section of the air
handler. The setpoint on the logic module is
turned to D whenever differential enthalpy is
used. This is a very efficient method of
controlling outdoor air usage since the return
and outside air comparison is continuous and
automatic year-round. It eliminates operator
error by eliminating seasonal changeover
which is frequently overlooked. Though it may
appear wasteful to cool outdoor air at a higher
dry bulb temperature than return air, the
savings are verifiable through psychrometric
calculations. The amount of mechanical
cooling required to dehumidify air often
exceeds the amount required to lower the dry
bulb temperature. In buildings where there is a
substantial amount of cooking, laundry or
other moisture generating activity this type of
control sequence can result in substantial
savings in cooling costs.
DUAL SENSOR OR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY
DAMPER
EXHAUST
AIR
+
S
RETURN AIR
SENSOR
RETURN AIR
FROM ROOM
OUTSIDE
AIR SENSOR
SUPPLY
AIR TO
BUILDING
+
S
MIXED OR
SUPPLY AIR
SENSOR
COILS
FAN
W7212 ECONOMIZER
CONTROLLER
WITH DEMAND
CONTROL
VENTILATION
TB8220
COMMERCIAL
PRO
M23904
27
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers
Enthalpy Control with Carbon Dioxide Sensor
Most building codes allow for the option of
carbon dioxide sensor-based demand control
ventilation (DCV) to determine the human
occupancy level of the space. Honeywell
supplies controllers that combine this function
with the economizer function. They are the
W7212, W7340, W7460, and the W7215
economizer logic modules. All of these logic
modules have inputs for a room indoor air
content sensor. Additionally the W7215B is
available with outdoor air content sensor
inputs. The W7215 and W7212 are designed
to be used with series 72 actuators and the
W7460 with the M7415 actuator. The W7340
is designed to be used with an OEM system
because it requires external relays to switch to
compressor and communicates with the OEM
system controller via a modified modbus
protocol. In addition to the indoor sensor
based demand control ventilation option,
these logic modules have additional features
including:
• Maximum damper position adjustment
(DCV max).
• Exhaust fan setpoint.
• Occupied and Unoccupied operation.
• W7213 and W7214 are heat pump models.
DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY WITH DCV
DAMPER
+
EXHAUST
AIR
S
RETURN
AIR SENSOR
RETURN AIR
FROM ROOM
DAMPER
OUTSIDE
AIR SENSOR
SUPPLY
AIR TO
BUILDING
+
S
MIXED OR
SUPPLY AIR
SENSOR
COILS
FAN
W7212 ECONOMIZER
CONTROLLER
WITH DEMAND
CONTROL
VENTILATION
C7632 ROOM
CARBON DIOXIDE
SENSOR
TB8220
COMMERCIAL
PRO
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
M23905
28
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
There are six types of Honeywell enthalpy
economizer modules. All can be single or
differential enthalpy. Some can be used for
differential temperature with C7650 dry bulb
sensors. They vary based on the actuator
control series, mixed air circuitry and enthalpy
sensor configuration.
29
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
Section 3—H705
Commercial
thermostat
Separate
Series
70 or 90
mixed air
controller
Mod IV actuator
The H705 is the base controller since the
mixed air circuitry is not included. Its function
is to provide SPDT high limit switching in a
separate mixed air control circuit, typically
series 90. It replaces the H205 without
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
30
Optional
second
enthalpy
sensor
H705 on plate,
one enthalpy
sensor on back
substantial wiring modifications. It can also be
used in control circuits with other company’s
devices if a SPDT economizer high limit is
applicable.
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
Section 4—W7459
Commercial
thermostat
M7405, M7415
or M8405
actuators
only
One enthalpy or dry bulb and
one mixed/supply air sensor
required. Second enthalpy
sensor optional.
The W7459 is similar to the H705 in that only
the enthalpy high limit function is provided and
the mixed air control circuit is in the actuator.
This restricts W7459 use to the M7415,
M7405 and M8405 actuators and it installs
directly onto them. Unlike the H705 there is
not a sensor built into the W7459 so wiring
31
W7459 install
on actuator
connections are required for one or two
enthalpy sensors. It is available for use with
direct digital (W7459B), SPDT mixed air
controllers (W7459C) or as a stand-alone
mixed air controller with a mixed air sensor
(W7459A or D).
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
Section 5—W6210 and W7210
Commercial
thermostat
Series 62 or
72 Actuator
One enthalpy or dry bulb and
one mixed/supply air sensor
required. Second enthalpy
sensor optional.
The W6210 and W7210 are for use with
Honeywell series 62 or 72 actuators. The
W6210 is no longer available for new
installations, replacement modules may still be
available. The mixed air control circuitry that
was either separate or included in the actuator
in the H705 or W7459 modules is included in
these economizers. The options for enthalpy
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
32
W6210, W7210
install on
flat surface
and mixed air sensors are the same as the
W7459. The difference between the W7459
and the W7210 is the W7210 has the addition
of the 2-10 Vdc out for controlling a series 70
DCA or foot-mounted motor, 24 Vac power
and ground for the motor and the mixed air
circuitry in the control. W6210 is used with
floating series 62 motors.
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
Section 6—W6215, W7215 and W7460
Commercial
thermostat
One enthalpy or dry bulb and
one mixed/supply air sensor
required. Second enthalpy
sensor optional.
Optional room CO2
sensor on A models,
additional optional
outdoor CO2 sensors
on B models.
Series 62 or 72 or
M7415 Actuator
The W6215A, W7215A and W7460A
economizer modules are similar to the W6210
and W7210 with the addition of inputs from a
room indoor air content sensor for Demand
Control Ventilation and contact inputs and
outputs to monitor and control various
devices. The indoor air content sensor
typically will be a carbon dioxide (CO2) sensor.
The B models include inputs from an outdoor
33
W6215, W7215,
W7460
install on
flat surface
air content sensor for the function of limiting
outdoor air usage when the air is not suitable
for ventilation. The actuators used with these
controllers are:
• W6215 - Series 62 (no longer available for
new installations).
• W7215 - Series 72.
• W7460 - M7415.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
Section 7—W7212, W7213 and W7214
Commercial
thermostat
One enthalpy or dry bulb and
one mixed/supply air sensor
required. Second enthalpy
sensor optional.
Optional room CO2
sensor on A models,
additional optional
outdoor CO2 sensors
on B models.
Series 62 or 72 Direct
Coupled Actuators
or M7215 Actuator
The W7212 DCV economizer logic module is
the simplest Demand Control Ventilation
economizer model. It combines all of the
benefits of the W7459 and W7210 with the
added features of the W7215. It does not
include shutdown, air change and purge but
does have a “N” terminal for night setback. On
W7213 and W7214 models N terminal is either
B or O terminal for use with heat pumps.
There are three models:
• W7212A- Used with series 70 actuators
including DCA’s, M7215, and Modutrol
Motors
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
34
W7212, W7213
and W7214 install
on flat surface or
mount on M7215
motor.
• W7213A - Used with heat pumps or
conventional rooftop units. B terminal
energized in heating and unenergized in
cooling
• W7214A - Used with heat pumps or
conventional rooftop units. O terminal
unenergized in heating and energized in
cooling.
All models can be panel mounted or directly
mounted to M7215 motor.
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
Section 8—W7340 and W7345
One enthalpy or dry bulb and
one mixed/supply air sensor
required. Second enthalpy
sensor optional.
W7340
Optional room CO2
sensor on W7340
models
The W7340 is a full enthalpy economizer used
in an OEM unit to provide a totally integrated
control system. The W7345 provides
temperature (OAT) control only; it does not
have an option for a return air sensor, DCV
sensor or exhaust control.
The W7340A and B modules do not have the
ability to set the outdoor air damper to a
maximum position for DCV, it incorporates a
minimum position setting that defaults to 20%
but can be overridden using the on-board pot
or Modbus communication link to a maximum
of 50% open.
35
W7345
W7340 and W7345 mount
on flat surface or on a
M7215 motor
The maximum position sets the damper
position to a position that the damper goes to if
the CO2 sensor fails. If the minimum position
set point is higher than the DCV maximum
position, on sensor failure, the damper goes to
the higher of the two of DCV maximum and
minimum position setting.
There is no limit on the damper position on a
call from the CO2 sensor (DCV). It can go
100% open, not complying with ASHRAE
62.1.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
Table Listing of Economizer Modules without DCV
Motor Type
Foot Mount 25 lb-in.
Torque
Motor
M7415
M9175
DCA 44 lb-in. Torque
Foot Mount 60 lb-in.
Torque
MS7505
M7285,
M7286
M9185,
M9186
MS7510
MS7250
DCA 88 lb-in. Torque
DCA 175 lb-in. Torque
a
b
Logic Module
W7459A,D
H705 or W7210b
W7210
W7210
Sensors
Enthalpy: C7400a with C7150/
C7046
Temperature: C7650 with C7150/
C7046
H705, W7210b
W7210
W7210
Enthalpy sensor, use two for differential enthalpy and one for single enthalpy. For Dry Bulb only, use C7650 instead.
To operate a series 90 motor, the W7210, W7212, W7213, W7214 and W7215 require a Q7230 interface module or the
proper resistor combination (included in the 4074EJM resistor kit), see form 63-2544 for details.
NOTE: Series 90 Modutrol Motors can be retrofit using W7210, W7212 and W7215 Economizer Logic modules and
a Q7230 or the proper resistor combination. Refer to for 63-2544 for details on using Economizer Logic
Modules with Series 90 motors.
Table Listing of Economizer Modules with DCV
Motor Type
Foot Mount 25 lb-in.
Torque
DCA 44 lb-in. Torque
Foot Mount 60 lb-in.
Torque
DCA 88 lb-in. Torque
DCA 175 lb-in. Torque
a
b
Motor
M7415
M7215
M9175
MS7505
M7285,
M7286
M9185,
M9186
MS7510
MS7250
Logic Module
W7460
W7212/13/14
Sensors
Enthalpy: C7400a with C7150/
C7046
W7215b, W7212b, W7213/ Temperature: C7650 with C7150/
C7046
14b
W7215, W7212, W7213/14 CO2: C7232 or C7632
W7215, W7212, W7213/14
W7215b, W7212b, W7213/
14b
W7215, W7212, W7213/14
W7215, W7212, W7213/14
Enthalpy sensor, use two for differential enthalpy and one for single enthalpy. For Dry Bulb only, use C7650 instead.
To operate a series 90 motor, the W7210, W7212, W7213, W7214 and W7215 require a Q7230 interface module or the
proper resistor combination (included in the 4074EJM resistor kit), see form 63-2544 for details.
NOTE: Series 90 Modutrol Motors can be retrofit using W7210, W7212 and W7215 Economizer Logic modules
and a Q7230 or the proper resistor combination. Refer to for 63-2544 for details on using Economizer Logic
Modules with Series 90 motors.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
36
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
Enhanced Economizer Features
Economizer
DCV
OAQ
Module
Enthalpy Sensor Sensor
Series
High Limit (Indoor) (Outdoor)
H705
W7459
YES
W6210
YES
W7210
YES
W6215
W7215
W7460
W7212
W7340
W7345
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Exhaust Shutdown
Fan
and Air
Motors
Setpoint Change Purge Controlled
Series 90
Series 90
Series 90
M7405
M8405
M7415
M7415
Series 62
Series 62
Series 72
Series 72
Adjustable YES
YES
Series 62
Adjustable YES
YES
Series 72
Fixed
YES
Series 72
Adjustable YES
YES
M7415
Fixed
YES
M7415
Adjustable
Series 72
Modbus
Series 72
Series 72
37
Specific Product
Number
H705A1003
H705A2001
H705D1001
W7459B1009
W7459C1007
M7459A1001
W7459D1005
W6210A1003
W6210D1007
W7210A1001
W7210D1005
W6215A 008
W7215A1006
W7215B1004
W7460A1008
W7460B1006
W7212A1009
W7340C1000
W7345B1001
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
Transformer Wiring Requirements for Economizers
PRIMARY
VOLTAGE
ECONOMIZER LOGIC PANEL
W7459, W6210, W6215,
W7210, W7215, W7460
TR
TR1
CONTACT FOR
COOLING IN
COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT
1S SWITCHES
WHEN POWERED
BY 24 VOLTS
1S
2
1
RELAY COIL FOR
FIRST STAGE
OF COOLING
1K
1S1
THIS SWITCH
ENERGIZES THE
MIXED AIR CIRCUIT
M13822
Economizer Panel Supplied With Same Transformer As Cooling Commercial Thermostat.
One of the most common misapplications of
economizers is related to the field wiring.
When the problem is the economizer will not
open the dampers and it is really cool outside,
check the wiring with the transformers. Relay
coil 1S is used to open the outside air
dampers as the first stage of free cooling. To
function properly 1S must be wired to both
sides of the same transformer. When the
same transformer is used for supplying the
commercial thermostat, cooling relay and the
economizer logic module the switching occurs
correctly.
PRIMARY
VOLTAGE
ECONOMIZER LOGIC PANEL
W7459, W6210, W6215,
W7210, W7215, W7460
PRIMARY
VOLTAGE
TR
TR1
CONTACT FOR
COOLING IN
COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT
1S SWITCHES
WHEN POWERED
BY 24 VOLTS
1S
2
1
1K
THIS SWITCH
ENERGIZES THE
MIXED AIR CIRCUIT
RELAY COIL FOR
FIRST STAGE
OF COOLING
1S1
M13823
Economizer Panel Supplied With Separate Transformer From Cooling Commercial Thermostat.
24 Vac is supplied to the relay coil 1S in this
application from two separate transformers.
Though the first stage of cooling will switch
correctly through the economizer module
circuit, the relay coil 1S may not. Honeywell
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
recommends use of a single, larger
transformer for both the economizer logic
module and the cooling commercial
thermostat circuit.
38
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
When wiring any economizer it is very
important that you read the notes on the
correct wiring diagram. The wiring diagrams
normally show the internal connections of the
logic module to help guide you if you are
concerned with the common side of the
transformers.
39
A rule of thumb to follow any Honeywell
electronic economizer logic module will have
all terminals ending with a 1 as ground.
With power supply provide a disconnect
means and overload protection. Ensure the
equipment transformer is sized to handle the
extra load of the economizer, actuator and
sensors.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 3 - Types of Economizers
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
40
Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module
Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module
41
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module
H705 Economizer Module
H705 ENTHALPY CONTROL
DAMPER
EXHAUST
AIR
RETURN AIR
FROM ROOM
DAMPER
OUTSIDE
AIR SENSOR
TR
B
A
SUPPLY
AIR TO
BUILDING
TR1
C
SO
+
SR
+
D
5
1
2
3
4
6
D
X
FAN
COILS
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
SUPPLY OR
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
2
HEAT
1
3 HEAT
2
100
80
3 COOL
1
HEAT
120
60
40
°F
140
WH
MINIMUM POSITION
CONTROL. PREVENTS
FULL CLOSURE OF
OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS
MOD-COOL
MOD-HEAT
BH
SENSOR
ROOM SENSOR
T
T1
3
4
RC
RH
STAT
C +20 H
2
5
24 VAC
BC
WC
ECONO
H
1
TR TR
W
B
Y
R
SINGLEZONE CONTROL
COOL SETPOINT 76˚F (24 C)
M23914
The H705 was the first Honeywell series of
electronic economizer controllers. Prior to the
development of the H705, an
electromechanical device with a nylon
humidity element, the H205, was the state-ofthe-art controller. The H705 is a direct
replacement for the H205. The output is the
same SPDT switch which is typically wired into
the mixed air circuit. The H705 can be
installed in the same location in the air handler
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
42
as the H205 and includes all the sensors
required for single sensor enthalpy. It can be
converted to differential enthalpy with the
addition of a C7400 sensor in the return air.
The H705 can be used for single or differential
enthalpy in any economizer control circuit that
is equipped with separate mixed air controls
and is adaptable to a SPDT limit. This includes
many economizer control devices made by
companies other than Honeywell.
Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module
H705 Components
WIRES TO C7400
ENTHALPY SENSOR
ON THE BACK OF
PLATE
ENTHALPY
SETPOINT
C7400 ENTHALPY
SENSOR ON
BACK OF PLATE
TR
B
TR1
C
SO
ENTHALPY
CONTROLLER ON
FRONT OF PLATE
A
D
SR
3
2
ENTHALPY
CONTROLLER
The H705A Enthalpy Controller provides solid
state enthalpy changeover. The base
configuration is single sensor enthalpy
controller but it can be used for differential
enthalpy. It is constructed of two devices:
there is a solid state C7400 enthalpy sensor
on one side of a metal plate and an enthalpy
control on the other side. The device must be
located in the outside air stream with a
recommended minimum velocity of 500 feet
per minute (152 meters per minute). The
setpoint scale is A, B, C and D. Each setting
corresponds to an enthalpy curve with A
43
1
RESISTOR THAT IS
REMOVED IF SECOND
ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS INSTALLED
M23915
equalling the highest enthalpy changeover
and D being the lowest enthalpy changeover.
The output of this control is a SPDT relay
output which can be used to switch the mixed
air dampers from return to outside air and
back as required for maximum efficiency.
There is a connection for an additional return
air enthalpy sensor for differential enthalpy
control. If this option is not used a 620 ohm
resistor is installed across the SR and +
terminals.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module
H705 Enthalpy Setpoint
50 BTU/LB
116 k-J/kg
90
RH
80
AT
25 BTU/LB
RH
58 k-J/kg
50
20 BTU/LB
46.4 k-J/kg
A
B
15
C
D
F(
27
C
60
%
69.7 k-J/kg
BTU/LB
34.8 kJ/kg
F(
29
C)
50
45
55
F(
10
60
F(
16
C
F(
13
C)
WE
C)
4
)
WE
TB
UL
B
TB
UL
F(
WE
7C
TB
)W
F
UL
35
(4
ET
C)
B
F(
BU
WE
2C
L
) W
B
TB
ET
UL
BU
B
LB
40
%
0%
3
75
70
RH
0%
65
RH
20%
B
F(
24
RH
F(
21
F(
18
TB
U
WE
%
80
RH
30 BTU/LB
WE
70
SA
T
81.4 k-J/kg
RH
UR
35 BTU/LB
85
%
IO
92.8 k-J/kg
C)
%
N-
40 BTU/LB
F(
32
90
10
0%
104.5 k-J/kg
RH
RH
45 BTU/LB
)
WE
C)
WE
C)
TB
UL
B
TB
UL
B
WE
H
10% R
TB
UL
B
TB
UL
B
WE
C)
LB
TB
UL
B
40 F
50 F
60 F
70 F
80 F
90 F
100 F
110 F
120 F
4 C
10 C
16 C
21 C
27 C
32 C
38 C
43 C
49 C
35 F
45 F
55 F
65 F
75 F
85 F
95 F
105 F
115 F
2 C
7 C
13 C
18 C
24 C
29 C
35 C
41 C
46 C
DRY BULB TEMPERATURES
M25282
This psychrometric chart shows effects of the
various economizer logic setpoints listed. This
only applies to single enthalpy controllers not
differential enthalpy. Air with conditions to the
left of the curve is brought in from outdoors to
be used for cooling. When the outdoor air
conditions are to the right of the curve, the
dampers will be set at minimum position and
the mechanical cooling will be energized. For
differential enthalpy the setpoint knob is
turned to the D setting and the lower of return
or outside air is brought into the building.
Example: With A, B, C, D potentiometer logic
module set at “C”. Dry bulb temperature at
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
44
65°F (18.3°C) and Relative Humidity (RH) at
50% RH the logic module would free cool on
first call for cooling for commercial thermostat.
Control
Curve
A
B
C
D
Knob turned
to D
Control Point
(Approximate Temperature
at 50% Humidity)
73°F (23°C)
70°F (21°C)
67°F (19°C)
63°F (17°C)
For Differential Enthalpy (2 Sensor)
Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module
H705 Wiring Diagram
TRANSFORMER
L1
(HOT)
MIXED AIR
DAMPER MOTOR
T1
L2
T2
W
R
B
H705 ENTHALPY CONTROL
TR
B
W
TR1
TR
C
SO
A
D
100
80
SR
120
TR1
W
40
°F
3
2
R
60
140
F
SR
620 OHM
RESISTOR
1
R
120
130
140
15
80
16
70
170
60
MINIMUM
POSITION
CONTROL
180
B
2
ENTHALPY
DECREASE
110
100
90
+
1
T991 MIXED
AIR CONTROL
3
NC
C
NO
RELAY
RC
NC
Y1
C
NO
Y2
COOLING
COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT
T1
L1
COOLING
CONTACTOR
T2
L2
M13818
The H705 enthalpy control is being used in
this application in place of a dry bulb
temperature economizer high limit. The H705
includes a single enthalpy sensor and is
installed in the outside air. An optional second
C7400 installed in the return air is used for
differential enthalpy. If the second C7400
sensor is not used a 620 ohm resistor is
installed across the SR and + terminals and
45
the H705 compares the outdoor enthalpy to a
setpoint (A, B, C or D). The economizer
modulates the outdoor dampers for free
cooling provided the outside air enthalpy is
below the setpoint on the H705. If the outdoor
enthalpy is above the setpoint the outside air
dampers are closed to a minimum position
and the mechanical cooling is energized.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module
L1
(HOT)
L2
1
TR
W936 OR W945
ELECTRONIC PANEL
TR
E1
T1
M745
ECONOMIZER
MOTOR
1
3
L1
(HOT)
L2
1
TR
2
TR
3
R
E3
E2
OPTIONAL
MORNING
WARMUP
COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT
W
H705A
OPTIONAL
C7400A
TR
2
620 TR1
OHMS
SR
S
3
W
4
R
B
2
1
S963A OR Q209
MINIMUM POSITION
POTENTIOMETER
1
PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS
REQUIRED.
2
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE
REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400A SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR
DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE
THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
M15037A
H705A used in electronic system
W1
2
BLACK/YELLOW
BLACK/RED
BLACK/BLUE
VIOLET
BROWN
YELLOW
VIOLET
WHITE/RED
B1
RED
BLUE
YELLOW
W859D ECONOMIZER
CONTROL PACKAGE
3
3
R1
T872 SPACE
THERMOSTAT
(COOLING
CIRCUIT)
MODUTROL®
MOTOR
OPTIONAL
C7400A
H705A
TR
Y1
TR1
3
2ND STAGE
COOLING
CONTACTOR
Y2
RC
5
SR
S
620
OHMS
2
3
1
3
2
Y
1
G
C
2
R
4
6
L1
(HOT)
L2
COOLING
TRANSFORMER
1ST STAGE
COOLING
CONTACTOR
1 PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
4
ROOFTOP TERMINAL STRIP IS PART OF AIR CONDITIONING UNIT.
5
FACTORY-INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE
REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400A SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR
DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
6
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE
THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR. M12162
2 FIELD CONTROL WIRING REQUIRED TO INTEGRATE
ECONOMIZER INTO UNIT.
3 FIELD WIRING REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ECONOMIZER AND
MECHANICAL COOLING OPERATION IN EXISTING INSTALLATION.
H705A used in electromechanical system
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
46
Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module
T7300
THERMOSTAT
T7300
SUBBASE
T7400/W7000 SYSTEM
OPTIONAL
C7400A
RH
TR1
TR
2 SR
620
OHMS
S
L1
L2
(HOT)
HVAC
EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL
STRIP
H705A
6
RC
EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT
9
SYSTEM
TRANSFORMER
R
3
1
2
3
3K
4
X
Y1
C2
Y2
Y2
C1
W1
HEAT 1
W2
HEAT 2
Y1
H2
W2
H1
FAN
G
W1
4
5
FAN
COOL1
COM
8
LED 1
BLACK/
YELLOW
BLACK/RED
G
COOL 2
W
LED 2
TYPICAL W859D ECONOMIZER CONTROL PACKAGE
BLUE
W
AUX
7
R
B
RISE
W1
OUTDOOR AIR
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
BROWN
B1
A1
BLACK
MIXED AIR
TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER
MODUTROL®
MOTOR
1K1 1K2
R1
T1
A2
B
2K2
T675 LOW
AMBIENT
COMPRESSOR
LOCKOUT
2K
YELLOW
MINIMUM POSITION
POTENTIOMETER
YELLOW
W
R
B
OPEN
1K
RED
T2
R
2K1
VIOLET
VIOLET
4K1
4K1
1
L2
4
L1
(HOT)
1 POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND
OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
FACTORY-INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR
SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400A SENSOR IS
ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
3 ENTHALPY CONTROL MAKES TERMINALS 2-1 ON
ENTHALPY RISE, AND 2-3 ON ENTHALPY FALL.
4 RELAY REQUIRED (R8222 OR SIMILAR).
5
ECONIMIZER MOTOR SPRING RETURNS CLOSED ANY TIME
FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
6
FIELD INSTALLED JUMPER.
7
IMPORTANT: MIXED AIR SENSOR MUST BE LOCATED
DOWNSTREAM OF THE EVAPORATOR COIL IN THE DISCHARGE
AIR DUCT TO PROVIDE ECONOMIZER LOW LIMIT FUNCTION.
8
24 VAC ONLY.
9
MUST BE ABLE TO CARRY ADDITIONAL 6 VA LOAD OF
COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT AND SUBBASE.
M12167A
T7300/Q7300 using W859D Economizer Package with H705A in two-stage
heating/two-stage cooling system, defeating economizer minimum position
during unoccupied periods
47
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module
T7400/W7000 SYSTEM
L1
L2
1 (HOT)
OPTIONAL
C7400A
T7400 THERMOSTAT
2
R
620
OHMS 3
L1
L2
(HOT)
1
SYSTEM
TRANSFORMER
R
1
2
WALLPLATE OR
Q7400 SUBBASE
3
TR1
TR
S
1
HVAC
EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL
STRIP
H705A
2 SR
4
EXISTING HVACEQUIPMENT
4
5
3K
1
W7400 CONTROL MODULE
GND
TR
TR
RH
RC
T7400B ONLY:
T7047C1025
OR T7022A1010
REMOTE SENSOR
RC
24 VAC
RH
Y2
W1
W1
RC
6
TD RELAY
Y3
W2
W3
4
3
2
Y1
Y1
Y2
Y3
HEAT 1
HEAT 2
W2
G
G
FAN
1
TDR
COM
B
COOL1
8
ECONO
AUX.
ENTHALPY 6
RELAY
SWITCH 5
BLACK/RED
A
RED
TDR
6
T7400
3K1
BLACK/BLUE
COOL 2
W
TYPICAL W859D ECONOMIZER CONTROL PACKAGE
BLACK/
YELLOW
BLACK
MIXED AIR
TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER
MODUTROL®
MOTOR
BLUE
W
B1
7
R
2K1
OUTDOOR AIR
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
B
2K2
B
1K1
T675 LOW
AMBIENT
COMPRESSOR
LOCKOUT
1K2
RISE
W1
R
R1
MINIMUM POSITION
POTENTIOMETER
T2
W
R
B
YELLOW
YELLOW
1K
RED
RED
OPEN
BROWN
2K
T1
VIOLET
3
VIOLET
FOR REMOTE
MINIMUM
POTENTIOMETER
1
L1 L2
(HOT)
1 POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
5
PILOT DUTY RELAY REQUIRED (R8222N OR SIMILAR).
6
THIS CONTROL IS AN EXISTING DEVICE, WHICH MAY BE A TIME
DELAY RELAY (TDR) OR L4604 (OR SIMILAR FAN CONTROL) IN
SOME SYSTEMS.
7
IMPORTANT: MIXED AIR SENSOR MUST BE LOCATED
DOWNSTREAM OF THE EVAPORATOR COIL IN THE DISCHARGE
AIR DUCT TO PROVIDE ECONOMIZER LOW LIMIT FUNCTION.
8
JUMPER TERMINALS 5 AND 6.
FACTORY-INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD
BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400A SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR
AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
3 YELLOW AND BROWN LEADS ARE SHORTED TOGETHER WHEN
SHIPPED. LEAVE SHORTED IF OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS ARE NOT USED.
4 ENTHALPY CONTROL MAKES TERMINALS 2-1 ON ENTHALPY RISE,
AND 2-3 ON ENTHALPY FALL.
M12166
H705A used with T7400C and W7400C with separate transformer in two-stage heating/
three-stage cooling system with first stage dedicated to economizer setpoint, and either
electromechanical economizer or mechanical cooling first stage
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
48
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
FOR USE WITH M74XX SERIES ACTUATORS
49
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459 Enthalpy Module Components
W7459 ENTHALPY CONTROL
DAMPER
EXHAUST
AIR
+
S
RETURN AIR
SENSOR
RETURN AIR
FROM ROOM
DAMPER
OUTSIDE
AIR SENSOR
SUPPLY
AIR TO
BUILDING
+
S
COILS
DAMPER
LINKAGE
TR
B
A
FAN
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
TR1
C
SO
+
SR
+
D
5
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
TB8220
COMMERCIAL
PRO
MINIMUM
POSITION
OPEN
M7415 DAMPER ACTUATOR
WITH W7459 ENTHALPY
CONTROLLER
M23907
The W7459 is used in conjunction with a
Honeywell actuator (M7415) and sensors to
control outdoor and return air dampers free
cooling using outside air. It is designed to be
installed directly on the actuator.
The W7459 is used with Honeywell C7400
enthalpy or C7650 dry bulb temperature
sensors and the M7415, M7405, and M8405
actuators. It should be in free flowing air yet
out of direct rain or sunlight. It can be used as
a single or differential enthalpy control. A
minimum position potentiometer is built into all
W7459 modules except for the W7459C since
the M8405 actuator, that it is used with, has
the setting built-in. All W7459 modules can be
used with remote minimum position
potentiometers. See Table 1 for model
capability with motors.
M7415, M7405
OR M8405
ACTUATOR
W7459
ENTHALPY
CONTROL
MODULE
TR
TR1
T
T1
P1
P
MOTOR
TERMINALS
M13837
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
50
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
Table 1. Economizer Usage
Model
W7459A
W7459B
W7459C
For use
with
Discharge Air
Actuator
Temperature Input
M7415
C7510B or C7046A
Sensor
M7405A
Direct digital control
W7401/W7411 Logic
Panel
M8405
SPST control
W7459Da M7415
a
C7150B or C7046A
Sensor
Minimum Position
Potentiometer
Yes
Terminals for
Remote Minimum Output
Damper Position Relays
Yes
2 SPDT
Yes
Yes
1 SPDT
No. Minimum position No
adjustment is built into
M8405 Actuator.
Yes
Yes
2 SPDT
2 SPDT
W7459D has a high enthalpy limit and defaults to mechanical cooling when the outdoor enthalpy reaches the preset limit.
Do not use a dry bulb sensor for a high temperature limit.
51
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459A, B, C and D
ENTHALPY
CHANGEOVER
SETPOINT DIAL
TR
B
SO
A
TR1
TRANSFORMER
(POWER) TERMINALS
+
OUTSIDE AIR
SENSOR TERMINALS
+
RETURN AIR
SENSOR TERMINALS
C
B
D
SR
A
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
M3
3
2
1
M2
M1
P
P1
C
D
5
MININUM
POSITION DIAL
(W7459A AND D
ONLY)
LIGHT IS
ILLUMINATED IF
OUTDOOR AIR
IS USEABLE FOR
FREE COOLING
2
3
4
T
T1
MIXED OR SUPPLY
AIR SENSOR
P
P1
REMOTE MINIMUM
POSITION POTENTIOMETER
MINIMUM
POSITION
OPEN
COOLING SWITCHING
CONTROLLED FROM
COOLING STAT
1
MINIMUM
POSITION
OPEN
NOTE: USE SMALL SCREWDRIVERS ON THE POTENTIOMETERS.
DO NOT USE EXCESSIVE FORCE!
M23894
NOTE: USE SMALL SCREWDRIVERS ON THE POTENTIOMETERS.
DO NOT USE EXCESSIVE FORCE!
W7459A
M23895
W7459A or D - Uses inputs from mixed or
discharge air temperature sensors, C7150 or
C7046; enthalpy sensor C7400; and optional
remote minimum position potentiometer
Q709A or S963B. The W7459D is identical to
the W7459A except for the addition of a builtin enthalpy high limit. Refer to page 56 for
more information on the high limit function.
Use both modules with M7415 motors.
W7459B
W7459B - Used with Honeywell W7401 Logic
Panel, enthalpy sensor C7400 or minimum
position potentiometer Q709A or S963B. Use
with M7405.
B
There are four separate W7459 enthalpy logic
modules for use with various M74XX series
actuators. All provide enthalpy control of
mixed air. The W7459B is designed for use
with a legacy Honeywell direct digital
controller. The W7459C uses a SPST input for
the mixed air sensor.
A
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
C
D
5
1
2
3
4
X
6
D
X TERMINAL IS USED
WITH A ST6008 TIMER
FOR OCCUPIED/
UNOCCUPIED
MIXED AIR CONTROL
(T675/T6031)
CONNECTED TO
TERMINALS 6 AND D
NOTE: USE SMALL SCREWDRIVERS ON THE POTENTIOMETERS.
DO NOT USE EXCESSIVE FORCE!
M23896
W7459C
W7459C - Uses input from SPST mixed or
discharge air control and enthalpy sensor
C7400. Used with M8405.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
52
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
M7215, M7415, M7405 and M8405 Actuators
W7210, W7212, W7215 and W7340
economizer modules. They are widely used to
modulate the mixed air dampers on smaller
rooftop air handlers since the operating
temperature rating is -25 to 125°F
(-32 to 52°C).
TR
24 VAC
SENSOR
M7215 modulating motor,
with 2-10 Vdc input required.
TR1
T
T1
MIN
POS
P1
P
M13856
M7415
W7459A
M7215 modulating motor. Used with
W7212, W7213 or W7214 only
TR
TR1
T
T1
P1
P
TR
24 VAC
TR1
SENSOR T
M23890
The M7415 line of spring return actuators are:
• Low torque 25 lb-in. (2.8 N-m)
• 90 second timing
• Rotation of 90 degrees
• Quick connect terminals for wiring
connections
There are more actuators available in this
series than listed on this page. Only actuators
shown on this page are used with the W7459,
53
T1
P1
MIN
POSN P
M23891
M7415 modulating motor, sensor
input or controller required.
Used with W7459A or D only.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
T
TR
24 VAC
SW
SET
TR1
M3
W7401
MAX
MIN
M2
M1
MIN
POS
X
D
P1
P
M23893
M23892
M7405 modulating motor. Used with
W7459B and W7400/T7400 only.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
3 position actuator. Used with W7459C only.
54
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459 Enthalpy Setpoint Chart
50 BTU/LB
116 k-J/kg
90
%
80
AT
25 BTU/LB
RH
58 k-J/kg
5
20 BTU/LB
A
B 55
15
BTU/LB
34.8 kJ/kg
C
D
50
45
35
40
F(
27
60
%
69.7 k-J/kg
46.4 k-J/kg
F(
16
F(
13
C
F(
10
C)
F(
7C
)
60
)W
ET
WE
4
C)
WE
BU
TB
F(
WE
UL
4C
TB
B
F(
)
WE
UL
2C
) W
B
TB
ET
UL
BU
B
LB
)
WE
%
80
RH
30 BTU/LB
F(
29
C
70
SA
T
81.4 k-J/kg
F(
32
C)
WE
T
RH
UR
35 BTU/LB
85
%
IO
92.8 k-J/kg
RH
N-
40 BTU/LB
90
10
0%
104.5 k-J/kg
RH
RH
45 BTU/LB
HIGH LIMIT
CURVE FOR
W7459D,
W6210D AND
W7210D
TB
UL
B
0%
0%
30
75
24
RH
70
RH
%
65
RH
20%
LB
F(
C)
C)
F(
21
C
F(
18
WE
TB
U
) W
ET
WE
H
10% R
LB
TB
UL
TB
U
WE
C)
BU
BU
TB
U
B
LB
LB
LB
LB
40 F
50 F
60 F
70 F
80 F
90 F
100 F
110 F
120 F
4 C
10 C
16 C
21 C
27 C
32 C
38 C
43 C
49 C
35 F
45 F
55 F
65 F
75 F
85 F
95 F
105 F
115 F
2 C
7 C
13 C
18 C
24 C
29 C
35 C
41 C
46 C
DRY BULB TEMPERATURES
M25283
This is the psychrometric chart for the setpoint
on the W7459 enthalpy modules. It is similar
to the charts for the H705 except for the
enthalpy high limit line to the right of the A
curve. This is a specialized limit used only in
the W7459D, W6210D, W7210D and W7212
controllers. When the enthalpy of both the
return and outside air is to the right of the limit
line the outside air dampers are closed to the
minimum position and the mechanical cooling
is energized.
55
Control Point
(Approximate Temperature
Control Curve
at 50% Humidity)
A
73°F (23°C)
B
70°F (21°C)
C
67°F (19°C)
D
63°F (17°C)
Knob turned For Differential Enthalpy
to D
(2 Sensor)
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
High Limit Switching
Table 2. W7459D, W7210D and W7212 High Limit Switching.
Percent RH
25
50
60
75
Free Cooling Light on Enthalpy
Decreasing
83°F ±0.5°F (28°C ±0.3°C)
78°F ±0.5°F (26°C ±0.3°C)
76°F ±0.5°F (24°C ±0.3°C)
73°F ±0.5°F (23°C ±0.3°C)
The W7459D, W6210D, W7210D, and W7212
include the high limit function that is not used
on any other economizer modules. It is a high
enthalpy limit that applies to both return and
outside air. It only applies to differential, not
single enthalpy. When the return and outside
enthalpy both exceed the high limit curve,
(refer to the psychrometric chart on the
previous page) the outside air dampers are
closed to the minimum position and the
mechanical cooling is energized. In a standard
differential enthalpy control sequence the
lower of the outside and return is selected
regardless of the amount of enthalpy in either.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
56
Free Cooling Light Off Enthalpy
Increasing
85°F ±0.5°F (29°C ±0.3°C)
80°F ±0.5°F (27°C ±0.3°C)
78°F ±0.5°F (26°C ±0.3°C)
75°F ±0.5°F (24°C ±0.3°C)
A typical application of this limit function is a
building located in a warm, humid climate with
a high internal heat gain such as a laundry or
kitchen. A standard differential enthalpy
control circuit may have extremely warm,
humid outside air being cooled just because
the indoor air is temporarily higher in enthalpy.
The mechanical cooling equipment might be
undersized and the indoor enthalpy then
remains higher than outside. The high limit
function (only available on some economizer
modules) prevents this from occurring by
automatically switching to return air and
turning on the mechanical cooling during very
high outdoor air enthalpy conditions.
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459A Wiring Diagram
W7459A ECONOMIZER MODULE
C7400 OURDOOR AIR
ENTHALPY SENSOR
M7415 ACTUATOR
TR
TR
TR1
24 VAC 1
+
S
SO
+
TR1
SR
+
S
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ENERGIZE
IF OUTDOOR ENTHALPY
EXCEEDS RETURN AIR ENTHALPY
C7400 RETURN AIR
ENTHALPY SENSOR
1S
1
+
5
T
2
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
1K
1S SWITCHES
WHEN
POWERED BY
24 VOLTS
2K
1S1
3
4
T
T1
T1
P1
MINIMUM
POSITION
P
P
P1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
C7150 OR C7046
MIXED OR SUPPLY
AIR SENSOR
LOW O.A. AMBIENT
COMPRESSOR
LOCKOUT STAT
(OPTIONAL)
HVAC EQUIPMENT TERMINAL STRIP
TRANSFORMER
1
R
F
110
120
100
Y1
W
130
140
90
15
80
16
70
C
170
60
180
Y2
W2
Y1
COOL1
Y2
COOL2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
HEAT 1
W1
G
FAN DELAY
G
RH
FAN
FDR
R
RC
COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT
1
HONEYWELL RECOMMENDS USE OF A SINGLE LARGE TRANSFORMER FOR BOTH THE ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULE
AND THE COOLING COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT CIRCUIT.
57
M13819
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459C ECONOMIZER PACKAGE
M8405 ACTUATOR
M8405
T
APPLY
24VAC T-X
FOR MIN POSN
T-D FOR
MAX POSN
T
MAX
SW
SET
MIN
+
C7400
OUTDOOR
SENSOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
S
X
D
C7400
RETURN
SENSOR
5
S
5
+
1K
UNOCCUPIED
1
2
3
4
4
2K
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
T675/T6031 MIXED
AIR CONTROL
55¡ F SETPOINT
R
6
X
X
D
D
W
C
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
Y1
W
Y2
R
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT CONTROL
50¡ F SETPOINT
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
X
6
FDR
G
G
RH
FAN
FDR
2
R
RC
1
3
L2
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
5
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
6
FOR T7300 ONLY.
M8405A Damper Actuator used in two-stage cooling system with
differential enthalpy changeover and W7459C Economizer
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
58
M3865B
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE
M7415 ACTUATOR
TR
C7400
OUTDOOR +
AIR
ENTHALPY S
SENSOR
620 OHM
RESISTOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
TR1 24 VAC
6
5
1K
1
2
3
4
5
1S
2K
4
T
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
UNOCCUPIED 8
ST6008
TIMER
T
T1
P
P1
T1
1S1
P1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
OCCUPIED
MIXED
AIR
SENSOR
P
MINIMUM
POSITION
C
Y1
W
Y2
R
M7415
TR
COOL 1
Y1
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
24 VAC
COOL 2
Y2
SENSOR
TR1
T
T1
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
P1
MIN
POS
P
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
7
X
FDR
G
FAN
1
3
RH
FDR
L2
2
R
RC
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
WITH T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF S7005 TIMER.
M10115A
W7459A/C7400 used in two-stage cooling system with
single enthalpy changeover and with M7415 Actuator
59
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE
M7415 ACTUATOR
TR
+
C7400
ENTHALPY
SENSOR S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
TR1 24 VAC
5
6
1K
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1
2
3
4
1S
2K
T
T1
P
P1
T1
1S1
MIXED
AIR
SENSOR
P1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ST6008
TIMER
Y1
4
T
UNOCCUPIED 8
OCCUPIED
5
P
MINIMUM
POSITION
C
M7415
TR
COOL 1
Y1
24 VAC
SENSOR
TR1
T
T1
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
MIN
POS
P1
P
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
FDR
7
X
G
FAN
FDR
RC
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
2
R
1
3
L2
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT
RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
WITH T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF A TIMER.
M10114A
W7459A/C7400 or W7459D/C7400 used in one-stage cooling system with
single enthalpy changeover, M7415 Actuator, and one-stage cooling thermostat
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
60
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE
M7415 ACTUATOR
TR
C7400
+
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY S
SENSOR
620 OHM
RESISTOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
TR1 24 VAC
6
5
1K
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
5
1S
2K
4
T
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
1S1
P1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
OCCUPIED
R
T775 CONTROLLER
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
MINIMUM
POSITION
P
C
W
MIXED
AIR
SENSOR
T1
M7415
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
TR
24 VAC
SENSOR
TR1
T
T1
P1
MIN
POS
P
7
NC
COM
NO
NC
COM
NO
2
G
NO
COM
NC
FAN
3
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
R
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH, WHICH CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL.
A MAXIMUM OF ONE STAGE OF HEATING IS POSSIBLE WHEN THE SYSTEM IS WIRED IN THIS FASHION.
M11680A
W7459A/C7400 or W7459D/C7400 used in two-stage cooling system with single enthalpy
changeover, M7415 Actuator, and T775 Series 1000 Controller
61
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE
M7415 ACTUATOR
TR
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
TR1 24 VAC
+
S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
6
5
1K
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
5
1S
2K
4
T
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
T1
1S1
P1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
OCCUPIED
Y1
W
R
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
Y2
M7415
COOL 1
COOL 2
TR
24 VAC
SENSOR
T
P1
MIN
POS
+
P
2
NC
C
NO
NC
C
NO
TR1
T1
7
C
MINIMUM
POSITION
P
C
T775 CONTROLLER
MIXED
AIR
SENSOR
G
FAN
3
L2
NO
C
NC
NO
C
NC
R
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH, WHICH CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL.
M13843
W7459A/C7400 or W7459D/C7400 used in two-stage cooling system with
single enthalpy changeover, M7415 Actuator, and T775 Series 2000 Controller
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
62
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE
M7415 ACTUATOR
TR
C7400
OUTDOOR +
AIR
ENTHALPY
S
SENSOR
6
C7400
+
RETURN
AIR
ENTHALPY
S
SENSOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
24 VAC
TR1
5
1K
1
2
3
4
5
1S
2K
4
T
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
T
T1
P
P1
T1
1S1
P1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
UNOCCUPIED 8
MIXED
AIR
SENSOR
P
MINIMUM
POSITION
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
C
Y1
W
Y2
R
COOL 1
Y1
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
Y2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
7
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
X
G
FDR
G
RH
FAN
FDR
2
R
RC
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
1
3
L2
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE OUTDOOR AIR ENTHALPY IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
M3864B
WITH T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF A TIMER.
W7459A/C7400 or W7459D/C7400 used in one-stage cooling system
with differential enthalpy changeover and M7415 Actuator
63
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE
M7415 ACTUATOR
TR
+
C7400
ENTHALPY
SENSOR S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
24 VAC
TR1
7
5
3K RELAY
1K
6
1
2
3
4
5
1S
2K
4
T
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
T
T1
P
P1
MIXED
AIR
SENSOR
T1
1S1
P1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P
MINIMUM
POSITION
T7400/W7400 SYSTEM
T7400 THERMOSTAT
WALLPLATE OR
Q7400 SUBBASE
C
T6031 LOCKOUT
50 F SETPOINT 6
W7400 CONTROL MODULE
4
1
3
2
R
1
3K1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
W1
HEAT 2
W2
HEAT 1
W
RC
GND
T7400B ONLY;
T7047C1025 OR
T7022A1010
REMOTE
SENSOR
TR
Y1
Y2
TR
R
24 VAC
RH
RH
RC
W1
W2
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
4
RC
3
2
G
T7400
FDR
2
A
COM
B
FAN
G
1
ECONO.
AUX
RELAY
3K2
ENTHALPY
SWITCH
R
6
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
5
6
L1 L2
(HOT)
1
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
USE R8222N WITH PILOT DUTY CONTACTS FOR 3K. CONTACTS 3K1, 3K2 MAKE WHEN ENTHALPY IS BELOW SETPOINT
AND ECONOMIZER IS USED FOR FIRST STAGE OF COOLING.
7
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
3
M10117A
W7459A/C7400 or W7459D/C7400 used in T7400/W7400 System with M7415 Actuator
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
64
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
W7459B ECONOMIZER PACKAGE
M7405 ACTUATOR
TR
M7405
TR
24 VAC
TR1
M3
W7401
M2
M1
MIN
POS
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
M3
3
2
1
TR1 24 VAC
+
C7400
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
S
P1
P
2
620 OHM
RESISTOR
M3
3
1K
M2
M2
M1
P
P1
M1
P1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P
MINIMUM
POSITION
24 VAC
TR
T7400
PROGRAMABLE
THERMOSTAT
1
2
RH
1
RC
L1
(HOT)
L2
1
TR
C
G
G
FDR
2
3
3
4
4
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR LOW
LIMIT
SENSOR
R
T
FAN
FDR
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
W1
W1
HEAT 1
W2
W2
HEAT 2
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
T1
5
6
M3
M2
M1
W7401 LOGIC HVAC EQUIPMENT
PANEL
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
3
RELAY 1K ACTUATES WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
M3863
W7459B/C7400 used in two-stage cooling system with single
enthalpy changeover, and M7405 Actuator
65
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
66
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
67
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W7210 Economizer System Components
DAMPER
EXHAUST
AIR
+
S
RETURN
AIR SENSOR
RETURN AIR
FROM ROOM
OUTSIDE
AIR SENSOR
SUPPLY
AIR TO
BUILDING
+
S
FAN
DISHCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
COILS
24 VAC
HOT
W7210 A 1001
24 VAC
COM
W7210 SOLID
STATE
ECONOMIZER
LOGIC MODULE
+
2-10V
OUT
–
T7350
PROGRAMMABLE
THERMOSTAT
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
M23902
68
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W6210 and W7210 Components
SINGLE ENTHALPY
SETPOINT
24 VAC
HOT
24 VAC TR
HOT
B
C
24 VAC
COM
W7210 A 1001
ACTUATOR
POWER SUPPLY
TERMINALS
A
+
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
TR
COM1
24 VAC POWER TERMINALS
SO
+
OUTSIDE AIR ENTALPY SENSOR
D
SR
+
RETURN AIR ENTHALPY SENSOR
5
COOLING SWITCHING
CONTROLLED FROM
COOLING STAT
MINIMUM
POSITION
2-10V
OUT
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
OPEN
–
MINIMUM DAMPER POSITION
SETPOINT
MIXED AIR SENSOR
REMOTE MINIMUM
POSITION POTENTIOMETER
FREE
COOLING
FREE COOLING MODE LIGHT
M23897
The W7210 logic modules have the identical
functions as the W7459 modules with the
addition of a 2-10 Vdc output for use with
M7215 foot-mounted actuators or DCA’s and
Modutrol Motors with 2-10 Vdc control. The
mixed air control circuit is in the logic module
and no longer in the actuator. The actuator
can also be powered with the same 24 Vac
power as the logic modules provided the
internal grounding of the actuator is
compatible. Note some of the Siemens
actuators are not compatible with the M7210.
Older models that are no longer available are
the W6210A and D models. These models
were used in the mid 1990’s with floating
actuators. Since the floating actuators do not
provide as accurate control as the modulating
actuators, these logic modules have been
discontinued.
High Limit Function
There are high limit versions of these
economizer logic modules, W6210D and
W7210D. When in the differential enthalpy
69
mode and both the return and outside air
enthalpy are above a preset level, the outside
air dampers are returned to minimum position
and the mechanical cooling is energized. The
curve for this limit function is illustrated on the
psychrometric chart as the line to the right of
the A curve. Refer to page 55 of this guide for
more information.
Wiring Connections
There are many possible wiring diagrams and
combinations of controllers and actuators that
can be used with the logic modules. Once you
understand the input and output of the
modules, you can usually determine how a
system should be wired.
NOTE: Many user systems are wired to
bypass operations and to “trick” the
module into operating in a mode that it
was not designed to do, these are the
applications which may confuse you.
When is doubt, call the unit supplier or
refer to the product instructions for
wiring diagrams.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W6210 and W7210 Actuator Connections
PARALLEL ML7275, ML7285 ACTUATORS
90
60
30
30
500
0
60
90
60
60
30
24 VAC
HOT
90
30
30
500
60
30
500
0
500
60
W7210 OR W7215
ECONOMIZER
MODULE
0
W7210 OR W7215
ECONOMIZER
MODULE
24 VAC
HOT
500
SINGLE ML7275,
ML7285 ACTUATOR
24 VAC
COM
500
24 VAC
COM
RED
BLACK
WHITE
+
+
2-10V
OUT
RED
2-10V
OUT
RED
BLACK
BLACK
WHITE
_
_
WHITE
M13824
SINGLE 90 ACTUATOR
60
90
W7210 OR W7215
ECONOMIZER MODULE
60
30
30
500
24 VAC
HOT
0
500
24 VAC
COM
RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT, 1% AND ARE
INCLUDED IN THE KIT PART NO. 4074EJM.
MULTIPLE SERIES 90 ACTUATORS CANNOT
BE PARALLELED WITH THESE RESISTORS.
FOR MODUTROL IV SERIES 90 ACTUATORS
USE THE Q7230 INTERFACE MODULE.
536 OHM
3480 OHM
BLACK
+
YELLOW
2-10V
OUT
RED
665 OHM
_
BLUE
M13826
W7210 OR W7215
ECONOMIZER
MODULE
M7415 ACTUATOR
L2
L1
TR
24 VAC
TR1
24 VAC
HOT
24 VAC
COM
SENSOR T
1
T1
P1
MIN
POSN P
<
+
_
Q769C MINIMUM
POSITION POTENTIOMETER
1
+
2-10V
OUT
_
WHEN USING THE W7210 OR W7215 WITH A M7415
ACTUATOR, THE MIXED OR DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR
MUST BE CONNECTED TO THE LOGIC MODULE AND
NOT THE ACTUATOR.
M13827
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
70
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
SINGLE ML6285
ACTUATOR
60
30
90
W6210
ECONOMIZER
MODULE
BLACK
24 VAC
HOT
30
500
BLACK
BLACK
60
0
60
60
90
500
ORANGE
TAN
0
RED
24 VAC
COM
CLOSE
OUT
YELLOW
CLOSE
OUT
OPEN
OUT
BLUE
OPEN
OUT
OPEN
ORANGE
500
BLUE
24 VAC
HOT
30
0
500
YELLOW
60
30
500
24 VAC
COM
90
60
30
30
500
RED
W6210
ECONOMIZER
MODULE
PARALLEL ML6285 ACTUATORS
OPEN
TAN
WIPER
WIPER
RED
GREEN
YELLOW
CLOSED
GREEN
CLOSED
BLUE
M13825
W7210 OR W7215
ECONOMIZER
MODULE
SINGLE ML7295H
ACTUATOR
W7210 OR W7215
ECONOMIZER
MODULE
PARALLEL ML7925H ACTUATORS
24 VAC
HOT
24 VAC
HOT
24 VAC
COM
24 VAC
COM
RED
BLACK
GRAY
+
+
2-10V
OUT
2-10V
OUT
RED
BLACK
_
RED
_
BLACK
GRAY
GRAY
ML7295H setting for closed at 2 Vdc
and open at 10 Vdc
Startpoint—Labeled U0
2 Vdc
Actuator fully closed
Range—Labelled ΔU
8 Vdc
Actuator fully open
M13828
ML7295H
These are settings for a ML7295H used with a
W7210 or W7215. The ML7295H is equipped
with an input signal span and startpoint
adjustment. The startpoint, labeled U0,
determines which voltage the control signal
begins to reposition the actuator. The span,
labelled ΔU, determines which voltage the
actuator is at full position.
71
SPAN, Δ U
5 10
2
15
20
CONTROL SIGNAL
VOLTAGE SPAN DIAL
(ADJUSTABLE
FROM 2 TO 30 VDC)
OFFSET, U0
1
0
2
3
5
4
VOLTAGE STARTING
DIAL (ADJUSTABLE
FROM 0 TO 5 VDC)
30
25
M13829
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W7210 Wiring Diagrams
W7210 ECONOMIZER MODULE
Q7230
V+
1+
COM
F
T2
T1
SERIES 90
MODUTROL
IV MOTORS
24 VAC
HOT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+
SR
RELAYS 1K AND 2K
ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY EXCEEDS
RETURN AIR ENTHALPY
+
5
1S
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
S
+
2-10V
OUT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
COM
F
T2
T1
SO
C7400 OUTDOOR AIR
ENTHALPY SENSOR
+
_
1+
TR1
24 VAC
COM
Q7230
V+
TR
620 OHM
RESISTOR
1K
1S SWITCHES
WHEN
POWERED BY
24 VOLTS
2K
MIXED AIR 1S1
CIRCUITRY
C7150 OR C7046
MIXED OR SUPPLY
AIR SENSOR
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
LOW O.A. AMBIENT
COMPRESSOR
LOCKOUT STAT
(OPTIONAL)
HVAC
EQUIPMENT TERMINAL STRIP
TRANSFORMER
R
F
110
120
Y1
W
130
100
1
140
90
15
80
16
70
170
60
180
Y2
C
W2
Y1
COOL1
Y2
COOL2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
HEAT 1
W1
G
FAN DELAY
RH
G
FAN
FDR
RC
R
COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT
1
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
HONEYWELL RECOMMENDS USE OF A SINGLE LARGE TRANSFORMER FOR BOTH THE ECONOMIZER LOGIC
MODULE AND THE COOLING COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT CIRCUIT.
M13820
72
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W6210A,D
24 VAC HOT
+
C7400
ENTHALPY
SENSOR S
TR
TR1
SO
+
CLOSE
OPEN
SR
620 OHM
RESISTOR
HONEYWELL
SERIES 62
ACTUATOR
(ML6275,
ML6285,
M6275,
M6285)
24 VAC COM
+
5
6
1K
1
2
3
4
T
T1
5
OPEN
1S
WIPER
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
P
2K
4
CLOSED
9
1S1
P1
UNOCCUPIED
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
500 OHM
8
C
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
FDR
7
X
G
FAN
FDR
RC
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
2
R
1
3
L2
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT
RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.
7
8
FOR T7300 ONLY.
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A 1AND A 2INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
9 THE COMMON FOR THE W6210A,D IS DIFFERENT FROM THE COMMON (WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS.
BE SURE TO CONNECT EACH ONE TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.
M11151B
W6210A,D used in single-stage cooling system with single enthalpy
changeover and Honeywell Series 62 Actuator
73
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W7210A,D
24 VAC HOT
+
C7400
ENTHALPY
SENSOR S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
9
5
6
1K
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
UNOCCUPIED
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
5
1S
2K
2-10V
OUT
1S1
8
–
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
+
+
4
C
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
FDR
7
X
G
FAN
FDR
RC
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
2
R
1
3
L2
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT
RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A 1AND A 2INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
9
FOR THE ML7295A,C USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE,
WHICH ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
M11152A
W7210A,D used in single-stage cooling system with single enthalpy
changeover and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
74
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W6210A,D
24 VAC HOT
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
+
C7400
RETURN
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
+
TR
TR1
24 VAC COM
SO
+
CLOSE
S
HONEYWELL
SERIES 62
ACTUATOR
OPEN
SR
6
+
5
1K
S
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
5
OPEN
1S
WIPER
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
UNOCCUPIED
2K
4
CLOSED
1S1
8
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
9
C
Y1
W
Y2
R
COOL 1
Y1
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
Y2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
7
X
FDR
G
RH
FAN
FDR
2
R
RC
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
500 OHM
1
3
L2
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE OUTDOOR AIR ENTHALPY IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A 1AND A 2INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
9
THE COMMON FOR THE W6210A,D IS DIFFERENT FROM THE COMMON (WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS.
BE SURE TO CONNECT EACH ONE TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.
M11157C
W6210A,D used in single-stage cooling system with differential
enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 62 Actuator
75
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W7210A,D
24 VAC HOT
+
C7400
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285) 8
S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
7
5
3K RELAY
1K
6
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
5
1S
2K
+
+
4
2-10V
OUT
1S1
–
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
T7400/W7400 SYSTEM
T7400 THERMOSTAT
WALLPLATE OR
Q7400 SUBBASE
4
1
3
2
R
C
T6031 LOCKOUT
6
50°F SETPOINT
W7400 CONTROL MODULE
1
3K1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
W1
HEAT 2
W2
HEAT 1
W
RC
GND
T7400B ONLY;
T7047C1025 OR
T7022A1010
REMOTE
SENSOR
Y1
TR
R
Y2
TR
24 VAC
RH
RH
W1
RC
W2
4
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
RC
3
2
T7400
FDR
G
1
A
COM
B
FAN
2
ECONO.
AUX
ENTHALPY
RELAY
SWITCH
3K2
R
6
5
6
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
L1 L2
(HOT)
1
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
USE R8222N WITH PILOT DUTY CONTACTS FOR 3K. CONTACTS 3K1, 3K2 MAKE WHEN ENTHALPY IS BELOW SETPOINT
AND ECONOMIZER IS USED FOR FIRST STAGE OF COOLING.
7
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
3
M11156A
W7210A,D used with T7400/W7400 System and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
76
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W6210A,D
24 VAC HOT
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
HONEYWELL
SERIES 62
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
+
S
OPEN
SR
620 OHM
RESISTOR
(ML6275,
ML6285,
M6275,
M6285)
CLOSE
+
6
5
1K
1
2
3
4
T
T1
5
1S
2K
4
OPEN
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR C7046A
UNOCCUPIED
DISCHARGE
ST6008 AIR SENSOR
TIMER
P
WIPER
1S1
CLOSED
P1
8
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
OCCUPIED
500 OHM
9
C
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
Y1
Y2
W
R
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
7
X
FDR
G
FAN
RH
FDR
2
R
RC
1
3
L2
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
9
THE COMMON FOR THE W6210A,D IS DIFFERENT FROM THE COMMON (WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS.
BE SURE TO CONNECT EACH ONE TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.
M11153C
W6210A,D used in two-stage cooling system with single
enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 62 Actuator
77
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W7210A,D
24 VAC HOT
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
+
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
9
6
5
1K
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
8
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
5
1S
2K
+
+
4
2-10V
OUT
1S1
–
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
OCCUPIED
C
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
Y1
W
Y2
R
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
7
X
FDR
G
FAN
1
RH
FDR
2
R
RC
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
3
L2
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
9
FOR THE ML7295A,C USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE,
WHICH ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
W7210A,D used in two-stage cooling system with single
enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
78
M11154B
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W7210A,D
24 VAC HOT
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
+
C7400
RETURN
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
+
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285) 9
S
6
5
1K
S
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
UNOCCUPIED
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
5
1S
2K
2-10V
OUT
1S1
8
–
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
C
Y1
W
Y2
R
COOL 1
Y1
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50°F SETPOINT
Y2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
7
FDR
X
G
RH
FAN
FDR
2
R
RC
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
+
+
4
1
3
L2
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE OUTDOOR AIR ENTHALPY IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
9
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
FOR THE ML7295A,C USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE,
WHICH ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
M11158A
W7210A,D used in single-stage cooling system with differential
enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
79
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W6210A,D
24 VAC HOT
TR
TR1
SO
+
+
C7400
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
HONEYWELL
SERIES 62
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
CLOSE
(ML6275,
ML6285,
M6275,
M6285)
OPEN
S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
+
SR
7
5
3K RELAY
1K
6
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1
2
3
4
T
T1
5
1S
2K
4
OPEN
WIPER
1S1
P
500 OHM
CLOSED
P1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
8
T7400/W7400 SYSTEM
T7400 THERMOSTAT
WALLPLATE OR
Q7400 SUBBASE
C
T6031 LOCKOUT 6
50°F SETPOINT
W7400 CONTROL MODULE
4
1
3
2
R
1
3K1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
W1
HEAT 2
W2
HEAT 1
W
RC
GND
T7400B ONLY;
T7047C1025 OR
T7022A1010
REMOTE
SENSOR
TR
Y1
R
Y2
TR
24 VAC
RH
RH
RC
W1
W2
4
RC
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
3
2
T7400
FDR
G
1
A
COM
B
FAN
2
ECONO.
AUX
ENTHALPY
RELAY
SWITCH
3K2
R
6
5
6
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
L1 L2
(HOT)
1
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
USE R8222N WITH PILOT DUTY CONTACTS FOR 3K. CONTACTS 3K1, 3K2 MAKE WHEN ENTHALPY IS BELOW SETPOINT
AND ECONOMIZER IS USED FOR FIRST STAGE OF COOLING.
7
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
8
THE COMMON FOR THE W6210A,D IS DIFFERENT FROM THE COMMON (WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS.
BE SURE TO CONNECT EACH ONE TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.
3
M11155C
W6210A,D used with T7400/W7400 System and Honeywell Series 62 Actuator
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
80
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W7210A,D
24 VAC HOT
C7400
+
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY S
SENSOR
620 OHM
RESISTOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)8
6
5
1K
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
ST6008
TIMER
UNOCCUPIED
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
5
1S
2K
+
4
+
2-10V
OUT
1S1
–
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
OCCUPIED
C
W
R
T775 CONTROLLER
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
G
FAN
7
NC
COM
NO
NC
COM
NO
2
NO
COM
NC
3
L2
R
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED FOR THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH, WHICH CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL.
A MAXIMUM OF ONE STAGE OF HEATING IS POSSIBLE WHEN THE SYSTEM IS WIRED IN THIS FASHION.
8
FOR THE ML7295A,C USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE,
WHICH ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
M15298A
W7210A,D used with T775 Series 1000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
81
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W7210A,D
24 VAC HOT
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
+
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
8
6
5
1K
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
1S
2K
+
4
+
2-10V
OUT
1S1
–
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
OCCUPIED
C
W
T775 CONTROLLER
R
7
C
5
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
G
FAN
+
2
NC
C
NO
NC
C
NO
3
L2
NO
C
NC
NO
C
NC
R
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED FOR THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH, WHICH CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL.
8
FOR THE ML7295A,C USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE,
WHICH ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
M13844
W7210A,D used with T775 Series 2000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
82
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W7210A,D
24 VAC HOT
+
C7400
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
24 VAC COM
SERIES 72
MODUTROL
MOTOR
5
6
1K
1
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
UNOCCUPIED
5
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
T1
1
T2
3
1S
2K
+
+
2-10V
OUT
–
4
1S1
8
SERIES 72
MODUTROL
MOTOR
–
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ST6008
TIMER
T1
T2
OCCUPIED
C
+
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
–
G
RH
FDR
G
RC
FAN
FDR
7
2
R
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT
RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A 2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
M15300
W7210A,D controlling parallel wired Honeywell Series 72 Modutrol™ Motors
83
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
W7210A,D
24 VAC HOT
TR
+
C7400
ENTHALPY
SENSOR S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
24 VAC COM
3
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
T
T1
P
P1
1S
2K
4
3
P1
P
M7415
+
TR1
+
P1
–
P
M7415
2-10V
OUT
1S1
8
–
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
TR1
–
Q769C
5
2
4
1
TR
1K
1
TR
+
5
6
UNOCCUPIED
Q769C
C
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
G
RH
FDR
G
RC
FAN
FDR
7
2
R
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT
RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
M15301
W7210A,D controlling parallel wired M7415 Economizer Motors
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
84
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
24 VAC HOT
TR
+
C7400
ENTHALPY
SENSOR S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
TR1
1
BLACK
3
WHITE
SO
+
SR
+
BROWN
ML7285
5
6
RED
1K
1
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
UNOCCUPIED
RED
24 VAC COM
5
BLACK
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
1S
WHITE
2K
4
2-10V
OUT
1S1
–
8
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
BROWN
+
C
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
G
RH
FDR
G
RC
FAN
FDR
7
2
R
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT
RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
M15299
W7210A,D controlling parallel wired Honeywell Series 72 Direct Coupled Actuators
85
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
86
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460
Economizer Modules
WITH AIR CONTENT SENSOR INPUTS
87
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7215 System Components
DAMPER
EXHAUST
AIR
+
S
RETURN
AIR SENSOR
RETURN AIR
FROM ROOM
OUTSIDE
AIR SENSOR
SUPPLY
AIR TO
BUILDING
+
S
FAN
MIXED AIR COILS
SENSOR
W7215 ECONOMIZER
LOGIC MODULE
–
T7350
PROGRAMMABLE
THERMOSTAT
W7215B
+
C7632 ROOM
CARBON DIOXIDE
SENSOR
M23903
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
88
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W6215, W7215 and W7460 Components
FREE COOLING MODE LIGHT
MINIMUM DAMPER POSITION SETPOINT
SINGLE ENTHALPY SETPOINT
24VAC
TR Hot
B
C
24VAC
Hot
ACTUATOR POWER
SUPPLY TERMINALS
24VAC
Com
A
TR1
Com
D
So
Sr
+
OUTSIDE AIR ENTHALPY SENSOR
+
RETURN AIR ENTHALPY SENSOR
5
1
+
2-10V
OUT
–
CONTACT
OUTPUTS
2
Mininum
Position 3
4
T
T1
P
P1
Open
W7215A
ACTUATOR
CONTROL
TERMINALS
Free Cool
Maximum
Position
Free
Cool
Q
Closed
6V AQ
+
Exhaust
Fan
Q1
AQ1
–
10V
ISI
Set Pt SD
SD1
AC
AC1
50% PG
PG1
2V
Unit
Control
TRANSFORMER TERMINALS
COOLING SWITCHING
CONTROLLED FROM
COOLING STAT TO COMPRESSOR
(TERMINALS 1-5)
MIXED AIR SENSOR
REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION
POTENTIOMETER
MAXIMUM DAMPER POSITION
SETPOINT FOR DCV
REMOTE MAXIMUM DAMPER POSITION
POTENTIOMETER
CO2 SENSOR INPUT
DCV SENSOR SETPOINT
CONTACT INPUTS TO INITIATE
CONTROL SEQUENCES
ISI
Indoor
Fan
Q
0%
100%
Exhaust
Set Pt
Exhaust
DCV MODE LIGHT
EXHAUST FAN ENERGIZED
SETPOINT
EXHAUST FAN ENERGIZED LIGHT
NOTE: ALL INPUT AND OUTPUT WIRING MUST BE 24 VAC CLASS 2.
The W7215A is an economizer module for use
with series 72 actuators. The W7215B is
similar except for an outside air content sensor
input and slightly different contact inputs and
outputs. The W6215A is for use with series 62
89
M23898
actuators but otherwise identical to the
W7215A. The W7460A is for use with the
M7415 actuator. The W7460B is similar to the
A except for an outside air content sensor
input and slightly different contacts.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7215B and W7460B Components
FREE COOLING MODE LIGHT
MINIMUM DAMPER POSITION SETPOINT
SINGLE ENTHALPY SETPOINT
24VAC
TR Hot
B
C
24VAC
Hot
ACTUATOR POWER
SUPPLY TERMINALS
24VAC
Com
A
TR1
Com
D
So
Sr
OUTSIDE AIR ENTHALPY SENSOR
+
RETURN AIR ENTHALPY SENSOR
5
1
+
2-10V
OUT
–
CONTACT
OUTPUTS
2
Mininum
Position 3
4
T
T1
P
P1
Open
W7215B
ACTUATOR
CONTROL
TERMINALS
Free Cooling
Maximum
Position
Free
Cool
Alarm
Q
Q1
Close
6V AQ
+
AQ1
10V
ISI
Set Pt SD
SD1
AC
AC1
2V
Unit
Control
Exhaust
Fan
TRANSFORMER TERMINALS
+
–
COOLING SWITCHING
CONTROLLED FROM
COOLING STAT TO COMPRESSOR
(TERMINALS 1-5)
MIXED AIR SENSOR
REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION
POTENTIOMETER
MAXIMUM DAMPER POSITION
SETPOINT FOR DCV
REMOTE MAXIMUM POSITION
POTENTIOMETER
DCV SENSOR INPUT
DCV SENSOR SETPOINT
CONTACT INPUTS TO INITIATE
CONTROL SEQUENCES
ISI
Indoor
Fan
6V 0A
OUTDOOR AIR CONTENT SENSOR INPUT
0A1
Q
2V
100%
OSI
Set Pt
OSI
DCV MODE LIGHT
OUTDOOR AIR CONTENT SENSOR
SETPOINT
OUTDOOR AIR CONTENT MODE LIGHT
NOTE: ALL INPUT AND OUTPUT WIRING MUST BE 24 VAC CLASS 2.
The W7215B and W7460B are equipped with
outdoor air content sensor inputs. There are
slight variations to the input and output
terminals:
• The purge function is eliminated.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
90
M23899
• An alarm contact output is added for when
the indoor DCV and outdoor air content
setpoints are simultaneously exceeded.
Refer to page 91.
• The exhaust fan setpoint and exhaust
indication light are eliminated.
• An outdoor air content sensor setpoint and
indication light are added.
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W6215, W7215, W7460 Inputs and Outputs
Contact Outputs
Contact Inputs
CONTACTS CLOSED WHEN
OUTDOOR ENTHALPY IS
LOW. FREE COOL LIGHT IS
ILLUMINATED
SIMULTANEOUSLY
Free
Cool
AIR HANDLER
CONDITIONING
SECTION CIRCUIT
EXHAUST FAN
STOP/START CIRCUIT
W6215A W7215A
W7460A
ECONOMIZER
MODULES
4
Unit
Control
Exhaust
Fan
Indoor
Fan
SD1
3
AC
2
AC1
AIR CHANGE
PG1
PURGE
ISI
1
SHUTDOWN
6
AIR HANDLER SUPPLY
FAN START/STOP CIRCUIT
M23921
Indoor Fan Contacts
Contacts are made when the Air Change contacts
are made (AC and AC1)
Exhaust Fan Contacts
The Contacts are made when:
The Purge Contacts (PG and PG1) are made
or
The Air Change Contacts are made (AC and AC1)
Unit Control Contacts
The Contacts are made when the panel is powered
except during shutdown Air change or Purge
1
2
3
Free Cooling Contacts
Contacts are made with the unit is in the Economizer
mode
4
Alarm Contacts
Contacts are made when both indoor and outdoor Air
content setpoints are exceeded
5
CONTACTS CLOSED WHEN
OUTDOOR ENTHALPY IS
LOW. FREE COOL LIGHT IS
ILLUMINATED
SIMULTANEOUSLY
AIR CONTENT
SENSOR ALARM
AIR HANDLER
CONDITIONING
SECTION CIRCUIT
EXHAUST FAN
STOP/START CIRCUIT
Free
Cool
Alarm
Exhaust
Fan
Indoor
Fan
6
W7215B, W7460B
ECONOMIZER
MODULES
4
Unit
Control
Input Contacts
Can be made with time based
controls or manually using a
relay or jumper
5
3
AC
2
ISI
SD1
SHUTDOWN
AC1
AIR CHANGE
6
1
AIR HANDLER SUPPLY
FAN START/STOP CIRCUIT
M23922
This series of economizer modules includes
input and output contacts for use in controlling
the fans and conditioning equipment on the air
91
handler. Some of these contacts are not
available on all modules.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
Input and Output Applications
HOUR
COUNTER
HEATING COIL
COOLING COIL
EXHAUST AIR
FAN
EXHAUST FAN
SETPOINT
FREE
COOL
UNIT
CONTROL
EXHAUST
FAN
W6215A
W7215A
W7460A
ECONOMIZER
MODULES
INDOOR
FAN
Exhaust
Fan
SD
AC
PG
Indoor
Fan
SD1
AC1
PG1
OCCUPANCY
TIMER
AC1
PG1
ISI
0%
100%
Exhaust
Set Pt
Exhaust
SMOKE, FIRE
DETECTION
CIRCUIT
M13841
NOT TO BE USED AS A LIFE SAFETY DEVICE
Free Cool Contacts
Free Cool Contacts are made when the unit is
in the economizer mode. This allows
connection of a timer to the logic modules to
track the hours available for free cooling NOT
the number of actual cooling hours. Actual
hours of cooling can be logged using the
contact closure from the commercial
thermostat.
Exhaust Fan Setpoint
Exhaust Fan Setpoint is the option to set the
actual outside air damper position when the
Exhaust Fan is powered through a set of
contacts. The unit has an approximate 45
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
AC
50% PG
92
second delay from the time the indoor air
sensor calls for the fan and when the fan is
energized to allow the outside air damper to
reach the position. This prevents placing an
extra load on the fan by running it when the
outside dampers are closed.
Purge Contacts
When the Purge Contacts are connected with
a jumper or relay closure the outside air
dampers close, the exhaust fan contacts are
made and the contacts to the indoor fans and
unit control are opened. This allows the
building manager to exhaust smoke from the
building but not add outside air.
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
6V AQ
+
10V
2V
HOUR COUNTER
TO AIR CLEANER OR
AIR CONTENT ALARM
FREE
COOL
ALARM
EXHAUST AIR
FAN
UNIT
CONTROL
EXHAUST
FAN
–
ISI
Set Pt SD
SD1
AC
AC1
ISI
HEATING COIL
COOLING COIL
AQ1
W7215B
W7460B
ECONOMIZER
MODULES
INDOOR
FAN
6V 0A
2V
100%
OSI
Set Pt
SD
SD1
AC
AC1
OCCUPANCY
TIMER
OSI
DCV SENSOR
SETPOINT
DCV MODE LIGHT
0A1
OUTDOOR AIR
CONTENT SENSOR
SETPOINT
OUTDOOR AIR
CONTENT
MODE LIGHT
M13842
NOT TO BE USED AS A LIFE SAFETY DEVICE
Shutdown Contacts
When the Shutdown Contacts are connected
with a jumper or relay closure, the outside
dampers close, and the contacts to the
exhaust and indoor fans and unit control are
opened turning all systems off. This allows the
building manager to shut down all systems
from one contact closure.
Air Change Contacts
When the Air Change Contacts are connected
with a jumper or relay closure, the outside
dampers open, and the contacts to the
93
exhaust and indoor fans are made. This option
allows the building manager to change the air
in the building before occupancy or before an
event when the space will be full, as in a
theater before the movie begins.
Alarm Contacts
Alarm Contacts only available on B models
with outdoor air content sensors. Contacts are
made when both indoor (DCV) and outdoor
content sensor values exceed their respective
setpoints. These contacts can be used to
initiate visual or audible annunciation of an air
content alarm or to turn on an air cleaner.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
Minimum and Maximum Settings
Mininum
Position 3
Open
DAMPER POSITION
4
T
T1
P
P1
100
80
120
60
Free Cool
Maximum
Position
Q
40
°F
2V
140
REMOTE MINIMUM
POSITION CONTROL
DCV MIN
POSITION
CODE VENTILATION RATE
100
80
Q1
120
60
40
Closed
6V AQ
100% OPEN
C7150 OR C7046
MIXED OR SUPPLY
AIR SENSOR
°F
140
REMOTE MINIMUM
POSITION CONTROL
MIN POS
AQ1
10V
AN1
C7232 OR C7632
DCV CO2 SENSOR
GND
0% OPEN
450 PPM
ppm
M23923
800 PPM
2000 PPM
CO2 LEVEL
This series of economizer modules includes
both minimum and maximum damper position
settings. Previous economizer controls are
equipped with only a minimum setting to
maintain a volume of outside air for ventilation.
The minimum setting on these modules is to
ventilate for the building components when
using DCV or to ventilate for cfm per person
for maximum occupancy when not using DCV.
The maximum setting is used to limit the
amount of outside air brought into the air
handler.
NORMAL OPERATION WITHOUT DCV
CO2 SENSOR ONLY
DCV ECONOMIZER FULL OCCUPANCY
DCV ECONOMIZER
M23972
When using DCV, this is the sum of the
ventilation for the building components and
the maximum design human occupancy. See
above for control of dampers using DCV and
minimum and maximum damper positions.
When DCV is not used this setting can be
used to limit the amount of outside air brought
into the system.
If the dampers are being modulated from the
mixed air sensor as the first stage of cooling
from the commercial thermostat, the DCV
maximum setting is not in the circuit and the
dampers can be opened fully as needed. If the
dampers are being modulated from both the
mixed air sensor and the DCV sensor, the
dampers will be opened to whichever is a
higher signal. If the mixed air temperature
decreases below 40°F (4°C) the signal from
the DCV sensor is ignored and the dampers
are modulated toward closed to prevent
freezing of coils and other equipment in the air
handler.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
94
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
Outdoor Air Content Sensor
THESE CONTACTS CLOSE IF BOTH
THE OUTDOOR AND INDOOR
SETPOINTS ARE EXCEEDED
Free
Cool
W7215B, W7460B
ECONOMIZER
MODULES
AN1
AQ
AQ1
Unit
Control
SD
SD1
Exhaust
Fan
AC
AC1
0A
0A1
Alarm
GND
C7232 OR C7632
DCV CO2 SENSOR
ISI
Indoor
Fan
OUTDOOR
AIR CONTENT
SENSOR
M23924
Outdoor Air
Content
Sensor
DCV
Below
Below
Setpoint
Setpoint
Above
Setpoint
Above
Setpoint
Below
Setpoint
Above
Setpoint
Mixed Air Damper Actuator
Modulation based on signal from mixed air
temperature sensor.
Modulation between minimum and maximum
positions based on signal from either mixed air
or indoor air content sensors, whichever signal
is higher.
Closed fully.
Modulation based on signal from mixed air
temperature sensor. Terminals labeled Alarm
made to energize warning light, audio alarm or
air cleaner.
The purpose of the DCV sensor is different
from that of the outdoor air content sensor. On
the economizer modules equipped with
outdoor air content sensors the purpose of the
sensor is to keep the outside air dampers at a
95
Outdoor Air
Content Sensor
Alarm
Light
Contacts
Off
Open
Off
Open
On
Open
On
Made
minimum position if the outdoor air is above its
setpoint threshold. Alarm contacts on the
economizer module will close if both the
outdoor and indoor air (DCV) signals are
above their respective setpoint thresholds.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W6215, W7215 and W7460 Actuator Usage
ML7275, ML7285
ACTUATOR
90
60
60
30
30
500
W7210 OR W7215
ECONOMIZER
MODULE
W7210 OR W7215
ECONOMIZER
MODULE
0
M7415 ACTUATOR
24 VAC
HOT
500
24 VAC
24 VAC
COM
24 VAC
HOT
L2
L1
TR
TR1
24 VAC
COM
SENSOR T
T1
P1
MIN
POSN P
RED
<
BLACK
WHITE
+
+
_
+
2-10V
OUT
2-10V
OUT
Q769C MINIMUM
POSITION POTENTIOMETER
_
_
M13827
M13830
W6215
ECONOMIZER
MODULE
ML6285A ACTUATOR
60
30
90
60
BLACK
30
500
0
W7460
ECONOMIZER
MODULE
24 VAC
HOT
RED
24 VAC
COM
YELLOW
CLOSE
M7415 ACTUATOR
500
24 VAC
BLUE
TR
L2
TR1
L1
OPEN
SENSOR T
ORANGE
TAN
GREEN
T1
OPEN
P1
MIN
POSN P
500
OHM
POT
OUTPUT
FOR
M7415
_ (P)
CLOSED
M13832
M13831
The W7460 can only be used with the M7415
actuator. The W7215 can be used with series
72 actuators (Direct Coupled Actuators,
M7215 and Modutrol motors) and the M7415,
when a Q769C potentiometer is used to adapt
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
+(P1)
96
to the 2 to 10 Vdc signal to the M7415. The
W6215 is only usable with series 62 actuators.
Refer to Section 5 on W6210 and W7210
economizer modules for more information on
parallel and ML7295H actuator connections.
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W6215, W7215 and W7460 Wiring Diagram
ML7275, ML7285
MIXED AIR
ACTUATOR
60
30
90
W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE
RED
24 VAC
HOT
60
24 VAC
TR HOT
30
500
BLACK
0
24 VAC
COM
500
WHITE
TR1
COM
C7400
OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
+
SO
+
SR
RELAYS 1K AND 2K
ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY EXCEEDS
RETURN AIR ENTHALPY
+
S
+
_
1S
5
1
2
3
4
1K
1S SWITCHES
WHEN
POWERED BY
24 VOLTS
2K
MIXED AIR 1S1
CIRCUITRY
MINIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
CONTACTS CLOSED WHEN
OUTDOOR ENTHALPY IS LOW
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
FREE
COOL
FREE COOL LIGHT IS
ILLUMINATED SIMULTANEOUSLY
C7400
RETURN
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
+
S
C7150 OR C7046
MIXED OR DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
T
T1
P
P1
Q
Q1
CO2 SENSOR
AN1
AQ
AQ1
GND
ppm
AIR HANDLER
CONDITIONING SECTION CIRCUIT
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
SD1
SHUTDOWN
EXHAUST FAN STOP/START CIRCUIT
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
AC1
AIR CHANGE
INDOOR
FAN
PG
PG1
PURGE
AIR HANDLER SUPPLY
FAN START/STOP CIRCUIT
LOW O.A. AMBIENT
COMPRESSOR
LOCKOUT STAT
(OPTIONAL)
TRANSFORMER
1
R
F
110
120
W
130
100
Y1
HVAC
EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL
STRIP
140
90
15
80
16
70
C
170
60
180
Y2
W2
Y1
COOL1
Y2
COOL2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
HEAT 1
W1
G
FAN DELAY
G
RH
FAN
FDR
R
RC
COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT
1
HONEYWELL RECOMMENDS USE OF A SINGLE LARGE TRANSFORMER FOR BOTH THE ECONOMIZER
LOGIC MODULE AND THE COOLING COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT CIRCUIT.
97
M13821
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W6215A
24 VAC HOT
HONEYWELL
SERIES 62
ACTUATOR
(ML6275,
ML6285,
M6275,
M6285)
24 VAC COM
TR
CLOSE
SO
TR1
+
+
S
OPEN
SR
+
620 OHM
RESISTOR
6
5
1S
1K
1
2
2K
3
4
4
9
5
T1
WIPER
T
1S1
CLOSED
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P
P1
Q
Q1
AQ
AQ1
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
FREE
COOL
9
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
OPEN
500 OHM
– 2-10 VDC
+
INDOOR AIR
SENSOR
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
AC1
AIR CHANGE
INDOOR
FAN
PG
PG1
PURGE
SD1
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
8
SHUT DOWN
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
C
Y1
COOL 1
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
Y1
W
Y2
R
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
RH
FDR
FAN
G
RC
FDR
7
3
L2
2
1
L1
(HOT)
R
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA
LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED
BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
6 FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE
REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE
WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING
THERMOSTATS.
7 FOR T7300 ONLY.
8 FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
9 FOR TWO-STAGE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTATS ONLY.
5 THE COMMON FOR THE W6215A IS DIFFERENT THAN THE
COMMON (WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS. BE SURE
TO CONNECT EACH TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.
M11803A
W6215A used in single-stage cooling system with single
enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 62 Actuator
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
98
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W6215A
24 VAC HOT
HONEYWELL
SERIES 62
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
CLOSE
(ML6275,
ML6285,
M6275,
M6285)
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
+
S
OPEN
620 OHM
RESISTOR
6
5
1K
1S
2K
4
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
OPEN
WIPER
500 OHM
5
1S1
CLOSED
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
FREE
COOL
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
Q
Q1
AQ
AQ1
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
–
W
R
2-10 VDC
INDOOR AIR
+ SENSOR
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
SD1
SHUT DOWN
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
AC1
AIR CHANGE
INDOOR
FAN
PG
PG1
PURGE
8 UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
C
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
OCCUPIED
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
RH
FDR
G
RC
FAN
FDR
7
R
X
2
3
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
5 THE COMMON FOR THE W6215A IS DIFFERENT THAN THE COMMON
(WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS. BE SURE TO CONNECT EACH
TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA
LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED
BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
6 FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED
ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR
DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7 FOR T7300 ONLY.
8 FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
M11800A
W6215A used in two-stage cooling system with a Honeywell Series 62 Actuator
99
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
MASTER
ML6275, ML6285
W6215A
24 VAC HOT
1
BLACK
3
RED
24 VAC COM
YELLOW
CLOSE
BLUE
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
S
+
OPEN
620 OHM
RESISTOR
6
5
1K
1S
4
2
3
4
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
2K
OPEN
8
500 OHM
1
WIPER
1S1
CLOSED
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
T
T1
P
P1
Q
Q1
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
9
SLAVE
ML6275, ML6285
FREE
COOL
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
AQ
–
AQ1
+
BLACK
RED
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
INDOOR
FAN
PG
SD1
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
SHUT DOWN
YELLOW
BLUE
AC1
AIR CHANGE
PG1
PURGE
C
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
RH
FDR
FAN
G
RC
FDR
7
X
R
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
1
L2
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE LOAD
OF ALL ACTUATORS.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED
BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
2
5
UNOCCUPIED
6 FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD
BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED
TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7 FOR T7300 ONLY.
8 CONNECT ONLY THE MASTER ACTUATOR TO THE W6215
FEEDBACK OUTPUT.
9 THE COMMON FOR THE W6215A IS DIFFERENT THAN THE COMMON
(WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS. BE SURE TO CONNECT
EACH TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.
M16060A
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
W6215 controlling parallel-wired Honeywell Series 62 Direct Coupled Actuators
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
100
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7215A
24 VAC HOT
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
620 OHM
RESISTOR
6
5
1S
1K
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
Q
Q1
AQ
AQ1
C7400
+ OUTDOOR
AIR
S ENTHALPY
SENSOR
9
9
4
2K
+
+
2-10 VDC
OUT
–
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1S1
–
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
5
FREE
COOL
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
–
+
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
INDOOR
FAN
PG
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
SD1
SHUT DOWN
AC1
AIR CHANGE
PG1
PURGE
C
8
Y1
COOL 1
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
Y1
W
Y2
R
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
RH
FDR
G
RC
FAN
FDR
7
3
L2
2
1
L1
(HOT)
R
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA
LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED
BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20mA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE
MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE
ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
6 FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE
REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE
WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING
THERMOSTATS.
7 FOR T7300 ONLY.
8 FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
9 FOR TWO-STAGE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTATS ONLY.
M11804A
W7215A used in single-stage cooling system with single
enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
101
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
ML7285
W7215A
24 VAC HOT
1
RED
3
BLACK
24 VAC COM
WHITE
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
S
+
BROWN
620 OHM
RESISTOR
ML7285
6
5
RED
1K
1S
1
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
Q
Q1
BLACK
4
WHITE
+
BROWN
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
2K
2-10V
OUT
1S1
Ð
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
FREE
COOL
1
2
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
AQ
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
INDOOR
FAN
PG
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS
AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN
IS NOT RUNNING.
7
AQ1
Ð
+
SD1
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
SHUT DOWN
AC1
AIR CHANGE
PG1
PURGE
C
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
3
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE
THE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN
POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
W2
W2
HEAT 2
5
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF T
HE TIMER.
W1
W1
HEAT 1
6 FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR
SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY
SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL
ENTHALPY.
7 FOR T7300 ONLY.
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
RH
5
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
FDR
G
FAN
OCCUPIED
RC
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
FDR
R
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
2
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
M11793A
W7215A controlling parallel-wired Honeywell Series 72 Direct Coupled Actuators
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
102
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7215A
24 VAC HOT
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
+
S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
6
5
1S
1K
4
2-10V
OUT
–
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1S1
–
5
2
2K
+
+
1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
FREE
COOL
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
Q
Q1
AQ
AQ1
SD
SD1
SHUT DOWN
AC1
AIR CHANGE
PG1
PURGE
–
+
UNIT
CONTROL
EXHAUST
FAN
INDOOR
FAN
AC
PG
W
R
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
C
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
OCCUPIED
8
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
FDR
RH
FAN
G
RC
FDR
7
R
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
2
3
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
5 FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 mA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE
MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE
ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA
LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED
BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
6 FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED
ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR
DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7 FOR T7300 ONLY.
8 FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
M11801A
W7215A used in two-stage cooling system with Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
103
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7215A
24 VAC HOT
24 VAC COM
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
S
+
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
620 OHM
RESISTOR
T2
+
4
2-10V
OUT
2
3
4
T
T1
MOD MOTOR
SERIES 72
P
P1
T1
Q
Q1
AQ
AQ1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
FREE
COOL
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
T2
+
Ð
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1S1
Ð
2
1
2K
+
Ð
1
1K
1S
T1
1
Ð 2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
+
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
INDOOR
FAN
PG
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS
AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
SD1
SHUT DOWN
AC1
AIR CHANGE
PG1
PURGE
C
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN
IS NOT RUNNING.
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
3
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD
OF THE TIMER.
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES
WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
W2
W2
HEAT 2
5
FOR T7300 ONLY.
W1
W1
HEAT 1
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR
SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY
SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL
ENTHALPY.
3
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
G
OCCUPIED
RH
FDR
G
FAN
RC
5
X
M11794A
6
5
MOD MOTOR
SERIES 72
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
R
FDR
2
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
W7215A controlling parallel-wired Honeywell Series 72 Modutrol Motors
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
104
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7215A
24 VAC HOT
24 VAC COM
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
S
+
620 OHM
RESISTOR
5
1
TR1
P1
P
Q769C
+
Ð
4
+
2-10V
OUT
P1
P
2
3
4
5
6
7
Q769C
FREE
COOL
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
+
Ð
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
Q
Q1
AQ
AQ1
1S1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
TR
1
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
2K
M7415
TR1
1K
1S
Ð
1
Ð
+
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
INDOOR
FAN
PG
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND
OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M7415 MOTOR
MUST USE ANINDEPENDENT TRANSFORMER.
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS
NOT RUNNING.
SD1
AC1
PG1
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
SHUT DOWN
AIR CHANGE
PURGE
7
C
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF
THE TIMER.
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN
POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
W2
W2
HEAT 2
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE T
HE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.
W1
W1
HEAT 1
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR
SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY
SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL
ENTHALPY.
FOR T7300 ONLY.
3
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
G
RH
OCCUPIED
FDR
G
FAN
RC
X
M11795A
6
M7415
TR
5
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
R
FDR
2
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
T7300 OR T874 HVAC EQUIPMENT
THERMOSTAT TERMINAL STRIP
W7215A controlling parallel-wired M7415 Motors
105
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7215A
24 VAC HOT
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
1K
+
1
2
3
4
T
T1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P
P1
Q
Q1
6
C7150B
MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1S1
Ð
7
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
620 OHM
RESISTOR
2K
+
2-10V
OUT
Ð
SR
S
5
4
T775 CONTROLLER
TR1
+
+
1S
+
TR
SO
5
FREE
COOL
NC
COM
NO
NC
COM
NO
NO
COM
NC
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS
AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN
IS NOT RUNNING.
3
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN
POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL
ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT
IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO
ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
AQ
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
INDOOR
FAN
PG
W
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED
TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER
AND ACTUATOR.
4
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
R
T6031
AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50¡ F
SETPOINT
AQ1
Ð 2-10 VDC
INDOOR
+ AIR SENSOR
SD1
SHUT DOWN
AC1
AIR CHANGE
PG1
PURGE
C
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
UNOCCUPIED
6
7
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
2
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR
SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY
SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL
ENTHALPY.
G
FAN
3
L2
T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS:
TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL. A
MAXIMUM ONE STAGE OF HEATING IS POSSIBLE WHEN
THE SYSTEM IS WIRED IN THIS FASHION.
R
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
L1
(HOT)
M11792B
W7215A used with T775 Series 1000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
106
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC HOT
W7215A
24 VAC COM
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
S
+
620 OHM
RESISTOR
5
1S
1K
4
+
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
Q
Q1
2K
+
2-10V
OUT
Ð
1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
6
C7150B
MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1S1
Ð
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
5
FREE
COOL
T775 CONTROLLER
7
C
+
NO
C
NC
NO
C
NC
SD
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
INDOOR
FAN
PG
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
SD1
SHUT DOWN
AC1
AIR CHANGE
PG1
PURGE
W
T6031
AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50¡ F
SETPOINT
C
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS
AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN
IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED
TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER
AND ACTUATOR.
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
2
G
FAN
3
L2
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN
POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
5
Ð
AQ1
+
UNIT
CONTROL
R
4
AQ
NC
C
NO
NC
C
NO
1
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
R
FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL
ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT
IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO
ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY
SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL.
M13845
W7215A used with T775 Series 2000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
107
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7215B
24 VAC HOT
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
TR
24 VAC COM
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
SO
SR
TR1
C7400
+ OUTDOOR
AIR
S ENTHALPY
SENSOR
+
+
620 OHM
RESISTOR
6
5
1K
1S
4
2-10 VDC
OUT
Ð
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
FREE
COOL
T
T1
P
P1
AQ
AQ1
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
SD1
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
AC1
INDOOR
FAN
OA
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS
AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN
FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO
HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER
AND ACTUATOR.
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN
POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 mA MODEL
ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT
IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO
ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5%
RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED.
DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED
FOR USE WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS
OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING THERMOSTATS.
7
FOR T7300 ONLY.
8
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD
OF THE TIMER.
9
FOR TWO-STAGE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTATS ONLY.
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
9
Q1
1
6
4
Q
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ALARM
5
3
1S1
Ð
5
4
2
2K
+
+
1
9
Ð
+
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
SHUT DOWN
AIR CHANGE
Ð
OA1
+
7
2-10 VDC
OUTDOOR
AIR SENSOR
C
Y1
W
Y2
R
T6031
AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F
SETPOINT
COOL 1
Y1
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
RH
FDR
G
RC
FAN
FDR
2
R
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
W7215B used in single-stage cooling system with single
enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
8
UNOCCUPIED
108
3
1
L2
L1
(HOT)
M11812A
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
W7215B
24 VAC HOT
24 VAC COM
TR1
TR
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
SO
+
SR
+
620 OHM
RESISTOR
6
5
1K
1S
4
+
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
1S1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
Ð
5
FREE
COOL
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ALARM
T775 CONTROLLER
NC
COM
NO
7
NC
COM
NO
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
2K
+
2-10V
OUT
Ð
1
Q
Q1
AQ
AQ1
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50¡ F SETPOINT
Ð
+
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
SD1
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
AC1
INDOOR
FAN
OA
OA1
W
R
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
SHUT DOWN
AIR CHANGE
Ð
+
NO
COM
NC
C7400
+ OUTDOOR
AIR
S ENTHALPY
SENSOR
2-10 VDC
OUTDOOR
AIR SENSOR
C
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE
THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED
BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
2
5 FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 mA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS
HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT
A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
6 FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED
ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR
DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7 T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING
AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL. A MAXIMUM OF ONE STAGE HEATING IS
POSSIBLE WHEN THE SYSTEM IS WIRED IN THIS FASHION.
G
FAN
3
L2
R
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
M11815B
W7215B used with T775 Series 1000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
109
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
W7215B
24 VAC HOT
24 VAC COM
TR1
TR
C7400
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
SO
+
SR
+
+ OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
S SENSOR
620 OHM
RESISTOR
6
5
1K
1S
4
+
2
3
4
2K
+
2-10V
OUT
Ð
1
1S1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
Ð
T
T1
P
P1
5
FREE
COOL
T775 CONTROLLER
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
Q
Q1
ALARM
AQ
AQ1
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
SD1
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
AC1
INDOOR
FAN
+
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50¡ F SETPOINT
Ð
+
7
C
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
OA
OA1
NO
C
NC
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
SHUT DOWN
AIR CHANGE
Ð
+
2-10 VDC
OUTDOOR
AIR SENSOR
C
NO
C
NC
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
1 POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND
OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
G
3 ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED
TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER
AND ACTUATOR.
FAN
3
L2
R
6
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
2 ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN
IS NOT RUNNING.
5
R
NC
C
NO
NC
C
NO
4
W
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN
POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 mA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE
500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR
IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7 T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL.
M13846
W7215B used with T775 Series 2000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
110
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7215B
24 VAC HOT
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC COM
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
620 OHM
RESISTOR
6
5
1K
1S
2-10V
OUT
Ð
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
2K
+
+
2
1
4
1S1
Ð
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
5
FREE
COOL
Q
Q1
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT AQ
AQ1
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
SD1
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
AC1
INDOOR
FAN
OA
ALARM
C7400
+ OUTDOOR
AIR
S ENTHALPY
SENSOR
_
+
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
W
R
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
SHUT DOWN
AIR CHANGE
_
OA1
+
2-10 VDC
OUTDOOR
AIR SENSOR
8
UNOCCUPIED
7
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS
AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN
IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE
THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
4
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN
POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
5 FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 mA MODEL ACTUATOR.
THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE THAT
ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
6 FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR
SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY
SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
FDR
RH
G
RC
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
OCCUPIED
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
7 FOR T7300 ONLY.
8 FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
ST6008
TIMER
C
FAN
FDR
R
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
2
3
1
L2
L1
(HOT)
M11810A
W7215B used in two-stage cooling system with Honeywell Series 72 Actuator
111
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7460A
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
+
S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
5
1K
1S
3
P1
M7415
OUT
P
TR1 TR
1
L1 1
(HOT)
4
T
T1
P
P1
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1S1
Ð
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
FREE
COOL
L2
3
2K
+
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
Q
Q1
AQ
AQ1
_
+
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
SD1
SHUT DOWN
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
AC1
AIR CHANGE
INDOOR
FAN
PG
PG1
PURGE
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND
OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M7415 MOTOR
MUST USE AN INDEPENDENT TRANSFORMER.
R
4
6
C
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
3
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN
POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
4
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF
THE TIMER.
W2
W2
HEAT 2
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR
SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY
SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL
ENTHALPY.
W1
W1
HEAT 1
5
FDR
RH
G
FAN
RC
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
OCCUPIED
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
X
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN
IS NOT RUNNING.
FOR T7300 ONLY.
W
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
2
6
5
2
1
M7415
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
R
FDR
2
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
L2
L1
(HOT)
M11802A
W7460A used in two-stage cooling system with M7415 Motors
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
112
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7460A
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
5
1K
1S
M7415
4
P1
3
P
TR
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
1S1
Ð
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
FREE
COOL
L2 L1 1
(HOT)
2
620 OHM
RESISTOR
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
Q
Q1
AQ
AQ1
4
7
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
2K
+
M7415
OUT
TR1
1
C7400
+ OUTDOOR
AIR
S ENTHALPY
SENSOR
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
-
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
SD1
SHUT DOWN
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
AC1
AIR CHANGE
INDOOR
FAN
PG
PG1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND
OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M7415 MOTOR
MUST USE ANINDEPENDENT TRANSFORMER.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS
NOT RUNNING.
3
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN
POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
4
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR
SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY
NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE-STAGE
COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING
THERMOSTATS.
W
R
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
+
1
7
PURGE
5
C
Y1
6
UNOCCUPIED
COOL 1
Y1
ST6008
TIMER
Y2
5
FOR T7300 ONLY.
6
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF
THE TIMER.
7
FOR TWO-STAGE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTATS ONLY.
OCCUPIED
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
RH
FDR
G
FAN
RC
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
R
FDR
2
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
L2
L1
(HOT)
M11805A
W7460A used in single-stage cooling system with
single enthalpy changeover and M7415 Motors
113
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7460B
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
+
S
620 OHM
RESISTOR
5
1K
1S
M7415
3
P1
M7415
OUT
P
TR1 TR
1
L1
(HOT)
2
3
4
T
T1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P
P1
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ALARM
Q
Q1
AQ1
+
UNIT
CONTROL
SD
SD1
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
AC1
INDOOR
FAN
OA1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M7415 MOTOR MUST USE AN
INDEPENDENT TRANSFORMER.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.
3
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED
BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
4
5
W
R
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
AIR CHANGE
+
1
7
SHUT DOWN
_
OA
7
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
_
AQ
4
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1S1
Ð
FREE
COOL
L2
1
2K
+
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
2-10 VDC
OUTDOOR
AIR SENSOR
5
C
Y1
COOL 1
Y1
ST6008
TIMER
Y2
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT
BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR
USE WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE
COOLING THERMOSTATS.
OCCUPIED
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
FOR T7300 ONLY.
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
6
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.
7
FOR TWO-STAGE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTATS ONLY.
FDR
RH
G
FAN
RC
FDR
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
2
R
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
W7460B used in single-stage cooling system with
single enthalpy changeover and M7415 Motors
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
6
UNOCCUPIED
114
1
L2
L1
(HOT)
M11813A
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W7460B
TR1
TR
SO
+
SR
+
C7400
+ OUTDOOR
AIR
S ENTHALPY
SENSOR
620 OHM
RESISTOR
5
1K
1S
M7415
3
P1
+
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
1S1
Ð
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
FREE
COOL
L2 L1
(HOT)
1
2
C7150B
MIXED AIR
OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
2K
M7415
OUT
P
TR1 TR
1
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
ALARM
Q
Q1
AQ
AQ1
+
SD
SD1
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
AC1
INDOOR
FAN
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
_
UNIT
CONTROL
W
R
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
SHUT DOWN
AIR CHANGE
_
OA
5
OA1
+
2-10 VDC
OUTDOOR
AIR SENSOR
ST6008
TIMER 4
UNOCCUPIED
6
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND
OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M7415 MOTOR
MUST USE AN INDEPENDENT TRANSFORMER.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS
NOT RUNNING.
3
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN
POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
4
FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF
THE TIMER.
5
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR
SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY
SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
6
OCCUPIED
C
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
FDR
RH
FOR T7300 ONLY.
G
RC
X
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
FAN
FDR
1
L2
2
R
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
M11811A
W7460B used in two-stage cooling system with M7415 Motors
115
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
W6215/W7212/W7215/W7460 LOGIC MODULE
HONEYWELL
ACTUATOR
2
5
1S
1K
1
2
3
4
2K
1S1
W
W973B LOGIC PANEL
2
T6031
R
AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
1
HEAT
3 HEAT
1
L1
(HOT)
3 COOL
COOL 1
2
1
COOL
COOL 2
MOD-HEAT
WH
SENSOR
BH
MOD-COOL
RH
RC
STAT
24 VAC
C +20 H N
BC
COOL 3
WC
1 POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2 ACTUATOR MODEL DEPENDENT ON LOGIC MODULE MODEL.
M11991B
T T1 3
4
2
5
1 TR TR
W6215, W7215, or W7460 used with W973B Logic Panel
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
116
L2
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
Indoor Air Content Sensor Settings
24VAC
TR Hot
B
C
24VAC
Hot
24VAC
Com
A
ECONOMIZER
MODULE WITH
DCV SENSOR INPUT
TR1
Com
D
So
Sr
C7242 INDOOR
AIR CONTENT
CO2 SENSOR
+
+
5
1
+
–
Free
Cool
Alarm
4
T
T1
P
P1
Open
W7215B
2-10V
OUT
Exhaust
Fan
Indoor
Fan
DCV SENSOR
INPUT ON
TEMINALS
AQ AND AQ1
Free Cooling
Maximum
Position
Q
Q1
Close
6V AQ
+
AQ1
10V
2V
Unit
Control
2
Mininum
Position 3
–
ISI
Set Pt SD
SD1
AC
AC1
6V 0A
0A1
ISI
2V
100%
OSI
SENSOR OUTPUT
IN VOLTS DC
ROOM CONCENTRATION CARBON
DIOXIDE IN PARTS PER MILLION
0
500
1
650
2
800
3
950
4
1100
5
1250
6
1400
7
1550
8
1700
9
1850
10
2000
Set Pt
OSI
6V
10V
DCV
Set Pt
2V
M23925
The DCV input can be any sensor with a 2 to
10 Vdc output such as the Honeywell C7242,
C7232 or C7632 carbon dioxide (CO2)sensor.
The sensor is supplied with preset
configurations that can be used if they meet
the application requirements. The output of
the C7242 and C7232 sensors is reconfigurable using a desktop computer and a
serial connection directly to the sensor or by
switches inside the cover. The C7632 is not a
configurable sensor and has a fixed 0-2000
Vdc output and no relay outputs. The output
117
chart illustrated on the right side of this page is
the Analog 1 configuration of startpoint and
throttling range for a linear output. The effect
on the mixed air control module can be further
adjusted with the DCV setpoint illustrated on
the left. The typical setting for this adjustment
is 2 Vdc. With this setting, the effect of the
room DCV sensor begins when the sensor
output is 2 Vdc. The installer sets the output
range and the DCV setpoint on the
economizer to adhere to local codes.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules
Carbon Dioxide Sensor Setup
CO2
Sensors
Wall Mount
With Relay
Display
C7242A1030
No Display
C7242A1048
Wall Mount
Duct Mount
Outside Air
C7242A1014
C7242B1012
Not Available
C7242A1022
C7242B1020
C7232E1007
A1 Output
A2 Output
0 Vdc = 500 ppm
Relay Output:
(2 Vdc = 800 ppm) and 0 to 800 ppm = Open,
10 Vdc = 2,00 ppm
More than 800 ppm = Closed,
Reopens at less than 700 ppm
Analog Sensor Mode:
0 Vdc = 500 ppm
(2 Vdc = 800 ppm) and
10 Vdc = 2,000 ppm
Time interval = 2 seconds
For applications where factory configurations
do not meet the application requirements the
sensor may be re-configured by the installer to
meet most configuration needs. To reconfigure
the sensor connect the C7242 to a PC using
the RS232 Cable and PC Configuration
Software, number 32002183-001. The
configuration software allows extensive
configuration control via five Proportional plus
Integral controls and a Delay Timer control.
The Delay Timer (DT) function permits a digital
input to be used to make a step change in the
analog output from the sensor. A typical
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
118
application is a manual push-button that after
it is pushed the sensor output is boosted to
100% for five minutes to increase the volume
of outside air for ventilation.
For complete information about configuration
of the sensor, refer to the programming
manual in the RS232 Cable and PC
Configuration Software package.
Most installers prefer to use a C7632 CO2
sensor that does not need to be programed or
adjusted when installed.
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214
Economizer Modules
119
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
W7212 Economizer System Components
DAMPER
EXHAUST
AIR
+
S
RETURN
AIR SENSOR
RETURN AIR
FROM ROOM
DAMPER
OUTSIDE
AIR SENSOR
SUPPLY
AIR TO
BUILDING
+
S
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
COILS
FAN
W7212 ECONOMIZER
CONTROLLER
WITH DEMAND
CONTROL
VENTILATION
C7632 ROOM
CARBON DIOXIDE
SENSOR
TB8220
COMMERCIAL
PRO
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
M23900
120
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
W7212, W7213, and W7214 Components
The W7212 DCV economizer logic module is
the simplest and most popular economizer
model. It combines all of the benefits of the
W7459 and W7210 with the some features of
the W7215. It does not include shutdown, air
change and purge but does have a “N”
terminal for night setback. On W7213 and
W7214 models N terminal is either B or O
terminal for use with heat pumps.
All models can be panel mounted or directly
mounted to M7215 motor.
EXHAUST
FAN SETPOINT
LED LIGHTS
WHEN EXHAUST
CONTACT IS MADE
MINIMUM DAMPER
POSITION SETTING
DEMAND CONTROL
VENTILAION SETPOINT
ENTHALPY
SENSORS
DCV
2V
Max
10V
AQ1
DCV
AQ
DCV
Set
10V
SO
SR+
LED LIGHTS WHEN
OUTDOOR AIR IS
SUITABLE FOR
FREE COOLING
ENTHALPY
CHANGEOVER SETPOINT
Free
Cool
B
C
A
D
M20604
Potentiometer and LED locations
(W7212 shown)
P1
P
EXH
Set
EXH
Min
Pos
SO+
Min
Pos
Open
T
SR
N
AQ1
P
2V
T
Open
IAQ
Max
CO2
SENSOR
Set
10V
EXH
P1
SO+
N1
T1
2V
T1
LED LIGHTS WHEN
DEMAND CONTROL
VENTILAION INPUT
IS ABOVE SETPOINT
NIGHT
SET BACK
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
N
MAXIMUM DAMPER
DEMAND CONTROL
VENTILATION SETPOINT
There are three models:
• W7212A- Used with series 70 actuators
including DCA’s and Modutrol Motors
• W7213A - Used with heat pumps or
conventional rooftop units. B terminal
energized in heating and unenergized in
cooling
• W7214A - Used with heat pumps or
conventional rooftop units. O terminal
unenergized in heating and energized in
cooling.
REMOTE
MINIMUM
POT INPUT
EXH
N1
TR
TR1
24
VAC
HOT
24
VAC
COM
+
–
1
2
IAQ
AQ
IAQ
MIN
SO
Free
Cool
SR
SR+
B
C
A
D
5
3
4
EF
EF1
M23970
Power at the N terminal determines the
Occupied/Unoccupied setting:
— If Call for cooling - dampers open to satisfy the mixed or discharge air sensor if
outdoor air is good enthalpy
• N terminal unpowered – Space Unoccupied:
— If No call for cooling - damper drives
closed if economizer is powered
— If Call for cooling - dampers open to satisfy the mixed or discharge air sensor if
outdoor air is good enthalpy
For the W7212:
• 24 Vac (Occupied)
• No power (Unoccupied)
• N terminal powered – Space Occupied:
— If No Call for cooling or bad outdoor
enthalpy - dampers drive to minimum
position
121
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
For the W7213 and W7214:
• 24 Vac (Unoccupied)
• No power (Occupied)
All other inputs are same as other logic
modules, for space consideration the enthalpy
sensor terminals were moved to left side of
control.
The exhaust setpoint determines when the
exhaust fan runs based on damper position.
When the exhaust fan call is made, the
module provides a 60 ±30 second delay
before exhaust fan activation. This delay
allows the damper to reach the appropriate
position to avoid unnecessary fan overload.
EF and EF1 are 24V dry contacts only. An
external line voltage contactor is required to
operate the exhaust fan.
Same input for TR-TR1 for 24 Vac power to
logic module and output to mechanical
cooling.
When the exhaust fan is deactivated the EF
and EF1 relay opens immediately.
Output for 2-10 Vdc and 24 Vac power to
actuator is on the right side of the unit and
exhaust fan output has been added.
NIGHT SET BACK
24 VAC INPUT
REMOTE
N1
N
MINIMUM DAMPER
POSITION SETTING
P1
P
EXH
Set
EXH
Min
Pos
T1
T
Open
MAXIMUM DCV
SETPOINT
LED LIGHTS WHEN
DCV INPUT IS
ABOVE SETPOINT
IAQ
Max
AQ1
SO+
DCV SETPOINT
IAQ
MIN
SO
Free
Cool
SR
B
C
A
D
ENTHALPY
CHANGEOVER SETPOINT
24
VAC
HOT
24
VAC
COM
+
–
1
2
24 VAC TO
ACTUATOR
2-10 VDC TO
ACTUATOR
OUT TO COOL 1
5
3
4
EF
EF1
OUT TO COOL 1
EXHAUST
FAN OUTPUT
M23969
The exhaust setpoint determines when the
exhaust fan runs based on damper position.
Full CCW is fully closed damper position and
Full CW is fully open damper position.
When the EF and EF1 contacts are made after
the 60 ±30 sec. delay, the EXH LED will
illuminate.
Damper minimum position and maximum
position are the positions of the damper for
ventilation for building contaminants and
people occupancy. See section 1 for
explanation of DCV and determination of
damper settings.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
TR1
IAQ
AQ
SR+
LED LIGHTS WHEN
OUTDOOR AIR IS
SUITABLE FOR
FREE COOLING
TR
DCV Maximum Position
Adjustment
1. Disconnect mixed air sensor from
terminals T and T1 and short terminals T
and T1.
2. Connect a jumper between terminals AQ
and SO+.
3. Connect 24 Vac across terminals TR and
TR1.
4. Adjust the potentiometer on the face of
the device with a screwdriver for desired
maximum position.
122
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
5. If all minimum and maximum position
adjustments are complete, remove the
T-T1 jumper and reconnect the mixed air
sensor.
When the mixed air sensor takes control
based on an increased requirement for
cooling, it overrides the DCV maximum
position potentiometer and can drive the
damper full-open.
NOTE: Make minimum position adjustments
with at least a 10°F (-12°C)
temperature difference between
outdoor and return air.
1. Calculate the appropriate mixed air
temperature, see the Equation below.
2. Disconnect mixed air sensor from
terminals T and T1.
If the mixed air temperature drops to 45°F, the
mixed air sensor overrides the DCV and fully
closes the damper to protect from freezing the
hot or chilled water coils. Control returns to
normal once the mixed air temperature rises to
48°F.
DCV setpoint is the same as the W7215. The
setpoint is based on the output of the CO2
sensor (e.g., 0-10 Vdc output for CO2 ppm of
500-1500 ppm where 0 Vdc = 500 ppm and 10
Vdc = 1500 ppm. If setpoint is 1000 ppm or 6
Vdc, then the OA damper will begin to module
open when output from CO2 sensor is 6 Vdc).
DCV LED light will illuminate when CO2 level
is above setpoint.
Free cool LED illuminates when outdoor air is
suitable for free cooling whether Y1 from the
commercial thermostat is calling for cooling or
not.
The W7212 uses the electronic A, B, C, D and
high enthalpy curves on the psychrometric
chart.
3. Place a jumper across terminals T and
T1.
4. Ensure that either the factory-installed
jumper is in place across terminals P and
P1 or, if remote damper position is
required, that it is wired according the
image below, turned fully clockwise.
S963B1128 REMOTE
POTENTIOMETER
CW
CLOSE
W
R
MINIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P1
B
P
CW
ECONOMIZER
M20603A
S963B1128 Remote Potentiometer
used with logic module for
remote damper control
5. Connect 24 Vac across terminals TR and
TR1.
Minimum Position Adjustment
6. Carefully adjust the potentiometer on the
face of the device with a small
screwdriver until the mixed air
temperature reaches the calculated
value.
The following provides basic guidelines for
minimum position selection and adjustment:
NOTE: Ensure that the sensed air is well
mixed.
IMPORTANT
Adjust the minimum position potentiometer to allow the minimum amount of
outdoor air for building effluents, as
required by local codes, to enter the
building. This procedure requires use of
a quality thermometer capable of reading to 0.5°F (0.25°C).
123
7. If all minimum and maximum position
adjustments are complete, remove the
T-T1 jumper and reconnect the mixed air
sensor.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
Formula to aid minimum position adjustment
EXAMPLE: Assume local codes require 10%
outdoor air during occupied conditions,
outdoor air is 60°F and return air is 75°F.
Under these conditions, what is the
temperature of the mixed air?
(TO × OA) + (TR × RA)= TM
Where:
TO = Outdoor air temperature
OA = Percent of outdoor air
TR = Return air temperature
RA = Percent of return air
TM = Resulting mixed air temperature
(0.1 × 60°F) + (0.9 × 75°F) =
6.0°F + 67.5°F = 73.5°F
NOTE: The following sample calculation uses
only Fahrenheit temperature.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
124
Mixed air will be 73.5°F when OA is 60°F and
RA is 75°F with 10% outdoor air.
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
W7212, W7213, and W7214 Wiring Diagram
TR
TR1
24
Vac
HOT
24 Vac
COM
N1
N
24 VAC HOT
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P1
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
P
T1
+
–
T
2
AQ1
–
2-10 VDC CONTROL
SIGNAL OUTPUT
1
0/2-10 VDC
INDOOR AIR
SENSOR
24 VAC COM
5
AQ
+
SO+
3
4
EF
EF1
SO
SR+
M7215
SR
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
+
S
W7212
3
5
620 OHM
RESISTOR
L1
(HOT)
L2
EXHAUST
FAN
Y1
C
Y2
Y1
COOL 1
W2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
HEAT 1
W1
A2
4
A1
A2
G
A1
RH
G
FAN
2
L2
RC
1
L1
(HOT)
R
X
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
T7300/Q7300
THERMOSTAT
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR. USE THE SAME
TRANSFORMER FOR T7300 AND ECONOMIZER.
3
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE
WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING THERMOSTATS.
4
T7300 TERMINALS A1 AND A2 ARE CONNECTED WHEN COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT IS IN THE OCCUPIED MODE.
5
EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.
M20716E
W7212 used with M7215 Damper Motor and T7300 Thermostat
125
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
TR
TR1
24
Vac
HOT
24 Vac
COM
N1
N
24 VAC HOT
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P1
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
P
T1
+
–
T
2
AQ1
–
2-10 VDC CONTROL
SIGNAL OUTPUT
1
0/2-10 VDC
INDOOR AIR
SENSOR
24 VAC COM
5
AQ
+
SO+
3
4
EF
EF1
SO
SR+
M7215
SR
C7400
OUTDOOR +
AIR
ENTHALPY S
SENSOR
W7212
4
5
620 OHM
RESISTOR
L1
(HOT)
L2
EXHAUST
FAN
Y1
C
Y2
Y1
COOL 1
W2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
HEAT 1
W1
3
AUX
A2
G
RH
G
FAN
RC
R
X
T7350
THERMOSTAT
2
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
THE SAME TRANSFORMER CAN BE USED FOR THE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT AND ACTUATOR.
3
IF SEPARATE HEATING AND COOLING TRANSFORMERS ARE USED, REMOVE JUMPER AT THERMOSTAT.
T7350 - TERMINAL “AUX” IS POWERED BY THE HEATING TRANSFORMER (RH).
IF POWERING THE ECONOMIZER TERMINAL “N” WITH THE THERMOSTAT TERMINAL “AUX”, BE SURE THE ECONOMIZER IS POWERED BY THE
SAME TRANSFORMER AS TERMINAL “AUX”. IF NOT, USE AN ISOLATION RELAY TO POWER “N”.
4
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE
WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING THERMOSTATS.
5
EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.
M13657A
W7212 used with M7215 Damper Motor and T7350 Thermostat
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
126
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
TR
TR1
24
Vac
HOT
24 Vac
COM
N1
N
24 VAC HOT
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P1
P
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
T1
+
–
T
2
AQ1
–
2-10 VDC CONTROL
SIGNAL OUTPUT
1
0/2-10 VDC
INDOOR AIR
SENSOR
24 VAC COM
5
AQ
+
SO+
3
4
EF
EF1
SO
SR+
M7215
SR
C7400
OUTDOOR +
AIR
ENTHALPY S
SENSOR
W7212
4
5
620 OHM
RESISTOR
L1
(HOT)
L2
EXHAUST
FAN
Y1
C
Y2
Y1
COOL 1
W2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
HEAT 1
W1
A
3
A
G
R
G
FAN
RC
R
X
TB7220 OR TB8220
THERMOSTAT
2
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
THE SAME TRANSFORMER CAN BE USED FOR THE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT AND ACTUATOR.
3
IF SEPARATE HEATING AND COOLING TRANSFORMERS ARE USED, REMOVE JUMPER AT THERMOSTAT.
TB7220 - TERMINAL “A” IS POWERED BY THE COOLING TRANSFORMER (RC).
TB8220 - TERMINAL “A” IS POWERED BY THE HEATING TRANSFORMER (R).
IF POWERING THE ECONOMIZER TERMINAL “N” WITH THE THERMOSTAT TERMINAL “A”, BE SURE THE ECONOMIZER IS POWERED BY THE
SAME TRANSFORMER AS TERMINAL “A”. IF NOT, USE AN ISOLATION RELAY TO POWER “N”.
4
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE
WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING THERMOSTATS.
M13658A
5 EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.
W7212 used with M7215 Damper Motor and TB7220 or TB8220 Thermostats
127
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
TR
TR1
24
Vac
HOT
24 Vac
COM
N1
~
N
1
2
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P1
+
3
4
F
5
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
P
T1
+
1
0/2-10 VDC
INDOOR AIR
SENSOR
MS7XXX
HONEYWELL
ACTUATOR
–
T
AQ1
–
2
5
AQ
+
SO+
3
4
EF
EF1
SO
SR+
SR
4
W7212
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
3
+
620 OHM
RESISTOR
S
C
L1
(HOT)
L2
COOL 1
Y1
Y1
EXHAUST
FAN
Y2
5
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
UNOCCUPIED
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
RH
ST6008
TIMER
6
OCCUPIED
FDR
G
RC
FAN
FDR
R
X
2
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
3
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE
WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING THERMOSTATS.
4
EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.
5
SEE WIRING DIAGRAMS FOR T7350 AND TB7220/TB8220.
6
TIME CLOCK IS AN OPTION TO USING OCCUPIED CONTACTS ON THE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT.
M13659A
W7212A used in single-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover
and Honeywell actuator and time clock for occupancy
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
128
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
TR
TR1
24
Vac
HOT
24 Vac
COM
N1
~
N
1
2
+
3
4
F
5
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P1
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
P
T1
+
1K
1S
MS7XXX
HONEYWELL
ACTUATOR
0/2-10 VDC
INDOOR AIR
SENSOR
–
T
3
AQ1
–
1
2K
2
5
AQ
+
SO+
3
4
EF
EF1
1S1
SO
SR+
SR
W7212
C7400
OUTDOOR +
AIR
ENTHALPY S
SENSOR
7
5
620 OHM
RESISTOR
C
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
Y1
W
Y2
R
T6031 AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50 F SETPOINT
8
L1
(HOT)
L2
EXHAUST
FAN
6
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
RH
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
9
FDR
G
RC
FAN
2
L2
FDR
4
1
L1
(HOT)
R
X
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
T7300 OR T874
THERMOSTAT
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA
LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.
3
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED
BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
4
FOR T7300 ONLY
5
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE
REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED TO
SR AND SR+ FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
6
USE THE FOLLOWING CONTACTS INSTEAD OF TIMER
FOR T7300, USE A1 AND A2 TERMINALS.
FOR T7350 USE AUX TERMINAL.
FOR TB7220 OR TB8220 USE A TERMINAL
THE TERMINALS ARE CONNECTED WHEN THERMOSTAT IS IN THE OCCUPIED MODE.
7
EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.
8
SEE WIRING DIAGRAMS FIGS 9 AND 10 FOR T7350 AND TB7220/TB8220.
9
TIME CLOCK IS AN OPTION TO USING OCCUPIED CONTACTS ON THE
COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT.
M13660A
W7212A used in two-stage cooling system with Honeywell
Series 72 Actuator and time clock for occupancy
129
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
1
L2
2
L1
(HOT)
~
1
2
+
N1
3
TR
TR1
24
Vac
HOT
24 Vac
COM
N
4
F
5
~
C7150B MIXED
AIR OR C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
T1
+
0/2-10 VDC
INDOOR AIR
SENSOR
3
–
T
1
4
F
P
1
2
+
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P1
MS7XXX
HONEYWELL
ACTUATOR
AQ1
–
2
5
AQ
+
SO+
3
4
EF
EF1
SO
5
SR+
MS7XXX
HONEYWELL
ACTUATOR
SR
W7212
4
UNOCCUPIED
3
ST6008
7
TIMER
L1
(HOT)
1
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
+
620 OHM
RESISTOR
5
S
OCCUPIED
L2
C
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS
AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE
THE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.
3
USE THE FOLLOWING CONTACTS INSTEAD OF TIMER
FOR T7300, USE A1 AND A2 TERMINALS.
FOR T7350 USE AUX TERMINAL.
FOR TB7220 OR TB8220 USE A TERMINAL
THE TERMINALS ARE CONNECTED WHEN
COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT IS IN THE OCCUPIED MODE.
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
L1
(HOT)
L2
EXHAUST
FAN
FAN
DELAY
RELAY
G
RH
FDR
G
FAN
RC
4
5
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR
SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY
SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND SR+ FOR DIFFERENTIAL
ENTHALPY.
EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE
LOGIC MODULE.
L2
FDR
X
R
COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
6
SEE WIRING DIAGRAMS FIGS 9 AND 10 FOR T7350
AND TB7220/TB8220.
7
TIME CLOCK IS AN OPTION TO USING OCCUPIED CONTACTS
ON THE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT.
6
M13661
W7212 controlling parallel-wired Honeywell
Series 72 Actuators and time clock for occupancy
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
1
L1
(HOT)
130
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
~
1
2
+
5
3
O
TR
TR1
24
Vac
HOT
24 Vac
COM
N
4
F
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
P1
5
P
MS7XXX
HONEYWELL
ACTUATOR
T1
C7150B
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
+
1
0/2-10 VDC
INDOOR AIR
SENSOR
–
T
AQ1
–
2
4
AQ
+
SO+
3
5
EF
EF1
SO
SR+
SR
W7214
3
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
2
620 OHM
RESISTOR
+
S
A3
4
C
A2
Y1
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
Y2
COOL 2
W2
W2
HEAT 2
W1
W1
HEAT 1
G
G
FAN
RH
L1
(HOT)
L2
EXHAUST
FAN
L2
R
RC
1
L1
(HOT)
X
5
O
O
T7300
THERMOSTAT
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.
3
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A
C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND SR+ FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
4
T7300 TERMINALS A2 AND A3 ARE CONNECTED WHEN THERMOSTAT IS IN THE UNOCCUPIED MODE.
SEE T7350 AND TB7220/TB8220 WIRING.
5
W7213: B TERMINAL
W7214: O TERMINAL
M19618D
W7213, W7214 controlling heat pump system
131
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules
COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTAT
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
DIRECT
EXPANSION
COIL
2
C7046A
C7232
W7212,
W7213,
W7214
C7150B
DCV
SENSOR
2
1
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
INDOOR
FAN
C7400
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
HONEYWELL
ACTUATOR
DISCHARGE
AIR
OUTDOOR
AIR
1
C7400
1
2
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY, THE TWO C7400
ENTHALPY SENSORS ARE CONNECTED TO THE
ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULE—ONE
IS MOUNTED IN RETURN AIR, AND THE OTHER IS
MOUNTED IN OUTDOOR AIR.
EXHAUST
FAN
USE EITHER MIXED AIR SENSOR OR DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR, NOT BOTH.
RETURN AIR
EXHAUST AIR
M19547C
Representative locations of connected economizer system devices
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
132
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module
133
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module
W7340 Economizer System Components
DAMPER
EXHAUST
AIR
+
S
RETURN AIR
SENSOR
RETURN AIR
FROM ROOM
OUTSIDE
AIR SENSOR
SUPPLY
AIR TO
BUILDING
+
S
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
COILS
FAN
W7340 ECONOMIZER
CONTROLLER
WITH DEMAND
CONTROL
VENTILATION
C7632 ROOM
CARBON DIOXIDE
SENSOR
OEM MODBUS
CONTROLLER
M13836
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
134
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module
10K NTC
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
MODBUS
C7232
2
DIRECT
EXPANSION
COIL
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
10K
NTC
C7400
2
INDOOR
FAN
INDOOR
AIR CO2
SENSOR
1
3
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
DISCHARGE
AIR
OUTDOOR
AIR
M7215 MOTOR
WITH W7340
ECONOMIZER
LOGIC MODULE
1
C7400
1
3
FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY, THE TWO C7400 ENTHALPY SENSORS
ARE CONNECTED TO THE ECONOMIZER MODULE—ONE IS MOUNTED
IN THE RETURN AIR DUCT, AND THE OTHER IS MOUNTED IN THE
OUTDOOR AIR DUCT. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY CONTROL PROVIDES
GREATER ENERGY SAVINGS THAN SINGLE ENTHALPY CONTROL.
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
EXHAUST
FAN
2
USE EITHER MIXED AIR SENSOR OR DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR, NOT BOTH.
3
A C7600 HUMIDITY SENSOR, USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A 10K NTC
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CAN BE USED INSTEAD OF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR.
FOR DRY BULB CONTROL, USE ONLY A 10K NTC TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
EXHAUST AIR
RETURN AIR
M22814
Representative Locations of Connected W7340 Economizer System Devices
10K NTC
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1
MODBUS
DIRECT
EXPANSION
COIL
10K
NTC
INDOOR
FAN
DISCHARGE
AIR
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
1
1
OUTDOOR
AIR
M7215 MOTOR
WITH W7345
ECONOMIZER
LOGIC MODULE
EXHAUST
FAN
EXHAUST AIR
1
USE EITHER MIXED AIR SENSOR OR DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR, NOT BOTH.
RETURN AIR
M22822
Representative Locations of Connected W7345 Economizer System Devices
135
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module
W7340 and W7345 Components
The W7340 is a full enthalpy economizer used
in an OEM unit to provide a totally integrated
control system.
bulb temperature and humidity, allowing use of
outdoor air at higher temperatures for free
cooling when humidity is low.
The W7345 provides temperature (OAT)
control only; it does not have an option for a
RAT, DCV sensor or exhaust control.
The logic module functions as a first stage of
cooling and provides maximum energy
savings during the cooling cycle. The logic
module automatically locks out free cooling
during heating and holds the outdoor air
damper at the DCV minimum setting.
The W7340, when wired as shown below
responds to a signal from a modified Modbus
command. This system uses C7400 Solid
State Enthalpy Changeover Sensor(s). The
C7400 Enthalpy Sensors respond to both dry
Table 1 details the input/output (I/O) logic of
the W7340. The logic module energizes the
Unit Control and Indoor Fan contacts, and
operates according to Table 1.
Table 1. W7340 Economizer I/O Logic.
Inputs
Outputs
Enthalpya
DCV
Below set
Above set
a
b
Outdoor
High
Return
Low
Low
High
High
Low
Low
High
Y1b
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
Y2b
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
Compressor
Stage 1
Stage 2
On
On
On
Off
On
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
Off
On
Off
Off
Off
Damper
Minimum position
Modulatingc
Modulatingd
Modulatinge
For single enthalpy control, the module compares outdoor enthalpy to the ABCDE setpoint.
If both stages of cooling are off, the system is off and the damper is:
— At DCV minimum position if DCV is below setpoint.
— Modulating if DCV is above setpoint.
c
Modulation based on mixed air sensor signal, modulating between DCV minimum position and 100% open.
Modulation based on DCV signal, limited by minimum position.
e
Modulation based on the greater of the DCV and mixed air sensor signals.
d
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
136
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module
MOD BUS –
MOD BUS +
2-10 Vdc
FEEDBACK
OUTPUT
2-10 Vdc
CONTROL
SIGNAL INPUT
M7215
24 VAC
TR1 TR
W7340
MOD
BUS
POWER
EXHAUST
CONTACTOR
–
C7600C
OUTDOOR
AIR
HUMIDITY
3
MIXED
AIR TEMP
SENSOR
10K NTC
TR
TR1
3
L2
1
+
P
DCV
3
RAH
MAT
EXF
+
L1
+
+
DCV
SETPOINT
E
OAH
A
RAT
MIN POS/
DCV MIN
–
–
P1
+
–
2-10 Vdc
CONTROL
SIGNAL
OUTPUT
C
D
B
OAT
+
–
2-10 Vdc
FEEDBACK
INPUT
24 VAC
–
+
RETURN
AIR TEMP
SENSOR
10K NTC
–
DCV
SENSOR
(0-10 Vdc)
S963B
2
R
OUTDOOR
AIR TEMP
SENSOR
10K NTC
C7600C
RETURN
AIR
HUMIDITY
3
CCW
OPEN
CW
CLOSE
B
W
1 PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2 OPTIONAL REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION POTENTIOMETER.
3 WHEN USING C7400 ENTHALPY SENSORS, CONNECT THE ENTHALPY SENSOR TO THE
HUMIDITY SENSOR TERMINALS. LEAVE THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR TERMINALS EMPTY.
M23875
W7340 Typical Wiring
MOD BUS –
MOD BUS +
24 VAC
TR1 TR
M7215
W7345
MOD
BUS
–
L1
+
L2
1
P1
TR
+
TR1
–
24 VAC
D
A
E
MAT
B
P
C
MINIMUM
POSITION
S963B
2
R
MIXED
AIR TEMP
SENSOR
10K NTC
CCW
OPEN
CW
CLOSE
B
W
1 PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2 OPTIONAL REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION POTENTIOMETER.
M23876
W7345 Typical Wiring
137
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module
W7340 only
To measure enthalpy, the logic module
accepts signals from either:
• C7600C Humidity and 10K NTC
temperature sensors.
• or a C7400 Enthalpy Sensor.
• OR from the OEM controller vis a modified
Modbus communications link.
When using C7400 Enthalpy Sensors;
connect the enthalpy sensors to the humidity
sensor terminals; leave the temperature
sensor terminals empty.
• Use C7400A sensor with W7340A or
W7340B.
• Use a C7400C sensor with W7340C.
The local method (changing configuration from
Modbus) of configuring the Economizer for
enthalpy or humidity sensors is:
• Short out the external minimum damper
position terminals during the first three
seconds after boot-up will cause the LED to
go solid on within 5 seconds.
• Maintain the short for another 5 seconds will
cause LED to flash quick pulses, indicating
the type of configuration.
• 2 pulses between off periods indicates the
Economizer is configured for Humidity
sensors. 3 pulses means it is configured for
Enthalpy sensors.
The configuration can be toggled between
Humidity and Enthalpy by releasing the short
for approximately 5 seconds, until the LED
goes solid again, and then reapplying the
short for another 5 seconds.
The toggling is indicated by the new LED flash
sequence. This can be performed as many
times as desired, and the most recent
configuration will be saved when the short is
removed for over 10 seconds.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
138
Demand Control Ventilation
(DCV) Sensor Input (W7340
only)
The DCV sensor can be any sensor that
provides a 2-10 Vdc output over a range of
500 to 1500 ppm of CO2. The DCV signal
modulates the outdoor damper to provide
ventilation based on occupancy.
The W7340A and B modules do not have the
ability to set the outdoor air damper to a
maximum position for DCV, they incorporate a
minimum position setting that defaults to 20%
but can be overridden using the on-board pot
or the modified Modbus communication link to
a maximum of 50% open.
The maximum position sets the damper
position to a position that the damper goes to if
the CO2 sensor fails. If the minimum position
set point is higher than the DCV maximum
position, on sensor failure, the damper goes to
the higher of the two of DCV maximum and
minimum position setting.
There is no limit on the damper position on a
call from the CO2 sensor (DCV). It can go
100% open.
The W7340C DCV economizer logic module
has the ability to set DCV minimum damper
and minimum position. The DCV minimum
position is set to ventilate the building
contaminants and the minimum position is set
to ventilate for the building contaminants and
the building occupants. The installer sets the
damper DCV minimum position and the
minimum position based on the design
occupancy and cfm of outdoor air
requirements for the space. The damper will
modulate open between the DCV minimum
damper position and the minimum position
based on input from a CO2 sensor. The
damper will not drive 100% open on a call for
ventilation, but can drive 100% open on a call
for cooling. If the CO2 sensor fails the damper
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module
will drive to the minimum position ventilating
for building contaminants and the building
occupants.
DAMPER POSITION
100% OPEN
The W7340C does not have a separate
potentiometer to select the new DCV minimum
damper position. The following procedure
allows the installer to set the new DCV
minimum position.
DCV MIN
POSITION
CODE VENTILATION RATE
MIN POS
DCV Minimum and Minimum
Position Damper Set Up
Set up instructions for W7340C DCV damper
positions:
0% OPEN
450 PPM
800 PPM
2000 PPM
CO2 LEVEL
NORMAL OPERATION WITHOUT DCV
CO2 SENSOR ONLY
DCV ECONOMIZER FULL OCCUPANCY
DCV ECONOMIZER
1. Remove RAT sensor from RAT terminals.
M23972
2. Connect CO2 sensor to DCV terminals.
3. Apply power to economizer logic module.
W7340 Demand Control Ventilation
4. Wait 10 to 15 seconds for the CO2 sensor
to initialize. Short RAT terminals.
The W7215 and W7212 have minimum
position for the Building contaminants and
DCV maximum for the total ventilation
required by design.
5. Remove CO2 sensor from DCV terminals.
6. DCV LED will blink 2 times. If LED does
not blink, cut power to economizer logic
and repeat steps 1-5.
7. Set DCV minimum position using MIN
POS/DCV MIN potentiometer.
8. Remove RAT short.
The W7340C has different labels for the same
functions. DCV minimum is the same as the
W7212 minimum position and the minimum
position for W7340C is the DCV maximum on
the W7212.
It is VERY IMPORTANT to know the difference
between the various suppliers equipment as
what they are referring to in their control
language.
9. DCV minimum position is saved to
memory and DCV LED blinks 5 times.
10. Turn off power to economizer logic
module.
11. Connect RAT sensor.
Settings and Adjustment
12. Turn power on to economizer logic
module.
W7345
13. Set minimum position using MIN POS/
DCV MIN
IMPORTANT
Steps 3-8 must be completed within 3
minutes after power up otherwise the
configuration process will be terminated, no changes will be saved and
you will need to repeat steps 1-13.
139
Potentiometers located on the face of the
W7345, provide adjustments for Minimum
Damper Position parameters (see below).
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module
MINIMUM
DAMPER
POSITION
-
MAT
MIN POS/DCV
MIN DAMPER
POSITION
ExF
DRY BULB
CHANGEOVER
SETPOINT
2-10 VDC
DAMPER
POSITION
2-10 VDC
DAMPER
POSITION
OVERRIDE
MAT
+
_ OAH
OPEN
-
OAT
MIN POS/
DCV MIN
RAT
C
DEMAND
CONTROL
VENTILATION
SETPOINT
C
B
D
A
E
B
+
_ RAH
D
A
E
DCV
500
MBUSP
P1
ENTHALPY
CHANGEOVER
SETPOINT
STATUS LED
MIN POS/
DVC MAX
RAT
+
OPEN
STATUS LED
OAT
+
MBUS+
P
TR1 24V COM
P1
DCV
SETPOINT
1500
MBUSMBUS+
TR1 24V COM
TR 24V AC
TR 24V AC
M23877
M23878
Location of W7345
potentiometers and LED
Location of W7340
potentiometers and LED
W7340
Using the DCV potentiometer, the setpoint can
be adjusted until three minutes after powering
the device. Through the Modbus, the DCV
setpoint can be modified at any time. If the
DCV potentiometer is changed after the three
minute power-up time, no change to the DCV
setpoint will occur unless power is removed
from the device then reapplied.
If the mixed air temperature drops to 45°F
(7°C), the mixed air sensor overrides the DCV
sensor and closes the damper to DCV
minimum position to protect the hot or chilled
water coils from freezing. When the mixed air
temperature rises to 48°F (9°C), control
reverts to normal operation.
Exhaust Setpoint (W7340 only)
The exhaust setpoint determines when the
exhaust fan will run based on the damper
position, this function is the same as the
exhaust setpoint on the W7215 and W7212
except, as shipped from the factory, the
W7340 uses an exhaust setpoint of 25%.
When the damper position is greater than 25%
open (from fully closed), the logic module calls
for exhaust. When the damper position is
below 22% open, the relay is de-energized.
The W7340C has an E curve in addition to the
A, B, C and D curves. See the chart below
showing location of E curve on Psychrometric
chart.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
140
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module
46
85
90
95 100 105 110
(29) (32) (35) (38) (41) (43)
44
CONTROL CONTROL POINT
APPROX. °F (°C)
CURVE
AT 50% RH
73 (23)
A
70 (21)
B
67 (19)
C
63 (17)
D
55 (13)
E
TY
UM
RE
LA
TIV
EH
32
PE
R
U
30
70
(21)
22
60
70
80
10
0
90
HA
65
(18)
24
EN
T
26
28
LP
Y—
BT
IDI
36
75
(24)
PO
UN
34 D D
RY
AI
38
R
(%
)
40
42
80
(27)
20
50
60
(16)
40
A
16
14
50
(10)
12
45
(7)
40
(4)
30
18
55
(13) B
C
20
D
E
10
35
(2)
E
35
(2)
40
(4)
45
(7)
50
(10)
B A
D C
1
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95 100 105 110
(13) (16) (18) (21) (24) (27) (29) (32) (35) (38) (41) (43)
APPROXIMATE DRY BULB TEMPERATURE— °F (°C)
1
HIGH LIMIT CURVE FOR W7210D, W7212, W7213, W7214, W7340C.
M23879A
W7340 Performance Characteristics for Enthalpy Changeover Settings
141
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module
Wiring for W7340 and W7345
MOD BUS –
MOD BUS +
2-10 Vdc
FEEDBACK
OUTPUT
2-10 Vdc
CONTROL
SIGNAL INPUT
M7215
24 VAC
TR1 TR
W7340
MOD
BUS
POWER
EXHAUST
CONTACTOR
–
C7600C
OUTDOOR
AIR
HUMIDITY
3
MIXED
AIR TEMP
SENSOR
10K NTC
TR
TR1
3
L2
1
+
P
DCV
3
RAH
MAT
EXF
+
L1
+
+
DCV
SETPOINT
E
OAH
A
RAT
MIN POS/
DCV MIN
–
–
P1
+
–
2-10 Vdc
CONTROL
SIGNAL
OUTPUT
C
B
D
OAT
+
–
2-10 Vdc
FEEDBACK
INPUT
24 VAC
–
+
RETURN
AIR TEMP
SENSOR
10K NTC
–
DCV
SENSOR
(0-10 Vdc)
2
S963B
R
OUTDOOR
AIR TEMP
SENSOR
10K NTC
C7600C
RETURN
AIR
HUMIDITY
3
CCW
OPEN
CW
CLOSE
B
W
1 PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2 OPTIONAL REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION POTENTIOMETER.
3 WHEN USING C7400 ENTHALPY SENSORS, CONNECT THE ENTHALPY SENSOR TO THE
HUMIDITY SENSOR TERMINALS. LEAVE THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR TERMINALS EMPTY.
M23875
W7340 Typical Wiring
MOD BUS –
MOD BUS +
24 VAC
TR1 TR
M7215
W7345
MOD
BUS
–
L1
+
L2
1
P1
TR
+
TR1
–
24 VAC
D
A
E
MAT
B
P
C
MINIMUM
POSITION
S963B
2
R
MIXED
AIR TEMP
SENSOR
10K NTC
CCW
OPEN
CW
CLOSE
B
W
1 PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2 OPTIONAL REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION POTENTIOMETER.
M23876
W7345 Typical Wiring.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
142
Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules
Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules
Temperature
C7046
C7650
C7150
Carbon Dioxide
Enthalpy
C7242
C7632
C7400
C7232
143
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules
Sensor Features
Sensor
Series
Type of Sensor
Application
C7046
Temperature
Discharge Air
C7150
Temperature
Comments
Mixed Air
OEM
OEM
For Use with W957F
C7400
Enthalpy Sensor
Enthalpy Changeover
OEM
OEM
OEM
C7650
C7242
Temperature
Carbon Dioxide
C7232
Dry Bulb Changeover
Indoor Wall Mount
Indoor Wall Mount
Indoor Wall Mount
Indoor Wall Mount
Duct Mount
Duct Mount
Portable
Wall Mount
Duct Mount
Outside Air
Indoor Wall Module
Indoor Wall Module
Indoor Wall Mount
Indoor Wall Mount
Duct Mount
Duct Mount
Duct Mount
Duct Mount
C7632
Wall Mount
Duct Mount
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
144
OEM
Display, Relay Output
No Display, Relay Output
Display
No Display
Display
No Display
Display, Batteries
Display
Display
Display, Relay Output
No Display, Relay Output
Display, No Honeywell Logo,
Relay Output
No Display, No Honeywell
Logo, Relay Output
Display
No Display
Display, No Honeywell Logo
No Display, No Honeywell
Logo
No Display, No Adjustment
Settings
No Display, No Adjustment
Settings
Specific
Product
Number
C7046A1004
C7046A1038
C7150B1004
C7150B1012
C7150B1020
C7150B1038
C7400A1004
C7400A1012
C7400A1038
C7400A1046
C7650A1001
C7650A1027
C7242A1030
C7242A1048
C7242A1014
C7242A1022
C7242B1012
C7242B1020
C7242C1002
C7242D1000
C7242D1018
C7242E1007
C7232A1008
C7232A1016
C7232A1024
C7232A1032
C7232B1006
C7232B1014
C7232B1022
C7232B1030
C7632A1004
C7632B1002
Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules
Type of Sensors for Economizer
The C7400 enthalpy sensor combines
temperature and humidity measurements into
a single device. The output is 4 to 20 mA. All
sensing elements are solid state electronics
which have been determined to be durable
over more than fifteen years of usage. There
are no setpoints on the sensor since all
adjustments are done on the control module.
C7400 Enthalpy
In some dry, arid climates it may be sufficient
to use a dry bulb sensor in place of a C7400
enthalpy sensor to achieve significant savings.
The output of the sensor has large dead
bands and should only be used in climates
where the RH never gets above 5%. The
C7650 solid state temperature sensor is used
in these applications. The output is 10 to 20
mA. It should not be used with the H705 or the
W7459D, W6210D or W7210D advanced
economizer modules.
C7650 Temperature
The W7459, W6210, W7210, W6215 and
W7215 modules are all provided with sensor
connections for either a mixed or supply air
sensor to modulate the mixed air dampers.
Either the C7046A or C7150B can be used for
this function since the resistance curves for
both are identical. The C7046A is 8 inches
(20 cm) long which makes it a better selection
for larger air handlers than the single point
C7150B. When installing the C7150B use a
simple smoke bomb to determine air flow and
locate the sensor in a location where the OA
and RA have the best mix. Do not use a
smoke bomb in an occupied building.
The DCV economizer modules W6215A,
W7212, W7340B, W7215A and W7460A can
be used with any indoor air content sensor
with a 0 or 2 to 10 Vdc output. The W7460B
and W7215B are equipped with provisions for
indoor and outdoor air content sensors. For
most indoor applications Honeywell C7232,
C7632 or C7242 carbon dioxide sensors will
be used. They are available in either wall or
duct mount versions with or without display.
145
C7046 Temperature
C7150 Temperature
C7242
Carbon Dioxide
C7632
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules
C7650 Temperature Sensor
mA
OUTPUT
19
LIGHT ON
18
D SETPOINT
DEADBAND
17
LIGHT OFF
16
LIGHT ON
C SETPOINT
DEADBAND
15
LIGHT OFF
14
LIGHT ON
B SETPOINT
DEADBAND
13
LIGHT OFF
12
LIGHT ON
A SETPOINT
DEADBAND
11
LIGHT OFF
10
9
85
90
70
80
60
65
55
75
13
16
18
21
24
27
29
32
C7650 SETPOINT CHART
THE SETPOINT LINES ON THE CHART ARE AN INDICATION OF OUTSIDE DRY
BULB TEMPERATURES AT WHICH SWITCHING OF THE DAMPERS FROM
RETURN AIR TO OUTSIDE AIR OCCURS. IT IS INDICATED ON THE W7459
MODULE BY THE FREE COOLING LIGHT.
DEG. F
DEG. C
40
4
45
7
50
10
95
35
100
38
M25284
The setpoint dial on the logic modules is
labelled A, B, C and D to correspond to
various levels on the psychrometric chart on
page 52. If the C7650 temperature sensor is
used in place of the C7400 enthalpy sensor,
the setpoints change to the settings indicated
on the chart above. Example: When the B
setpoint is chosen, the module will open the
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
146
outside air damper at approximately 72°F
(22°C) when the temperature is decreasing
and will close the damper to minimum position
and turn on the compressor at 82°F (28°C)
when the temperature is increasing.
NOTE: The temperature has to drop below
72°F (22°C) before the economizer
will open the damper for free cooling.
Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules
C7150 and C7046 Mixed and Supply Air Sensors
OHMS
6200
6000
5800
5600
5400
5200
5000
4800
4600
4400
4200
4000
3800
3600
3400
3200
3000 OHMS at 77
DEG. F (25 C)
3000
2800
2600
2400
2200
2000
1800
1600
1400
50
DEG. C 10
DEG. F
55
13
60
16
65
18
70
21
C7046A 3,000 OHM MIXED AIR OR
SUPPLY AIR SENSOR
75
24
80
27
85
29
90
32
95
35
100
38
C7150B 3,000 OHM MIXED AIR
OR SUPPLY AIR SENSOR
M25285
This chart is for the C7046A or C7150B supply
or mixed air sensors designed to be used with
all of the economizer logic modules. These
sensors have negative temperature
147
coefficients, as the ambient temperature at the
sensor increases, the resistance of the sensor
decreases. It changes 70 ohms in resistance
for every 1°F (0.6°C) change in temperature.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules
Mixed or Supply Air Sensor Control Sequence
W7459
MIXED AIR
TEMPERATURE
B
A
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
60˚F (15.5 C)
C
59˚F (15 C)
58˚F (14.4 C)
D
57˚F (14 C)
56˚F (13.3 C)
5
55˚F (12.8 C)
1
2
3
4
T
T1
54˚F (12.2 C)
53˚F (11.7 C)
MINIMUM
POSITION
OPEN
52˚F (11.1 C)
P
P1
OUTSIDE AIR
DAMPERS FULL
OPEN UNLESS
CLOSED TO
MINIMUM WITH
ENTHALPY
CONTROLLER
51˚F (10.6 C)
C7150 OR C7046
MIXED OR SUPPLY
AIR SENSOR
OUTSIDE AIR
DAMPERS IN
HOLD WHEN
MIXED AIR
TEMPERATURE
IS BETWEEN
50.5˚FAND 55.5˚F
(10 AND 13 C).
50˚F (10 C)
OUTSIDE AIR
DAMPERS AT
MINIMUM POSITION
M23926
The control sequence for the sensor
connected to the mixed or supply (discharge)
air temperature terminals on all of the
economizer modules is basically the same.
The dampers remain at the minimum position
until there is a call for cooling from the
commercial thermostat. If the mixed or supply
air temperature is below the lower end of the
setpoint range of 50°F (10°C) the outside air
dampers will remain at minimum. If the
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
148
measured temperature is within the range of
50 to 56°F (10 to 13.3 °C) the outside
dampers will not be modulated open or closed.
If the mixed air temperature is above 56°F
(13.3°C) the outside air dampers will be
modulated open until the temperature is within
the range or the dampers are full open. If the
enthalpy of the outside air is too high, the
outside air dampers will be returned to
minimum.
Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules
Carbon Dioxide Sensor
volume for a room increases when occupancy
increases. When people leave the space, CO2
levels will decrease and the outside air
dampers close to a more economical setting.
Ventilation cost can be controlled by using
CO2 sensing in addition to economizer
functions.
Honeywell C7632
Carbon Dioxide Sensor
Carbon dioxide (CO2) is frequently used as
the sensor for demand ventilation control.
People exhale CO2 as they breathe. If there is
a large number of people in a space the level
of CO2 will increase. When a CO2 sensor is
installed in the space, a signal is sent to the air
handler mixed air control which modulates the
outside air dampers. The required ventilation
149
An indoor air quality analysis should be done
to evaluate the air quality in a building.
Analysis of all compounds in addition to
carbon dioxide is required to evaluate the
overall healthiness of a building.
Contaminants, such as volatile organic
compounds, are not detected with a CO2
sensor. Complex electronic equipment is
required to fully test for the presence of all the
various compounds which may be in the air
supply. CO2 sensor based ventilation control
is a modern enhancement to economizer
control circuits, not a substitute for a total
professional air quality evaluation of a
building.
If you have a building with a high
concentration of a gas other than CO2,
consider using the IAQP ventilation method
but always consult a professional trained in
control of gases.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
150
Section 11 - Checkout
Section 11 - Checkout
Honeywell has a checkout procedure for every
economizer logic module. The checkout
procedures are listed in the back of the
product data sheet shipped with every
economizer or can be found at
customer.honeywell.com.
151
On the bottom right part of the home page
(see figure shown at the left) you will find the
Literature/Image Search box. Type in your
Honeywell Order Specification number
(W7212) and click on the red arrow. All the
literature associated with the model will
appear. For checkout procedures select a
document with “Product Data” listed in the
Type column (see image below). The
checkout section is located at the back of the
document.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 11 - Checkout
Standard Checkout Procedure
When the first line of a procedure states:
“Execute step one. Checkout Preparation.”
this directs you to reset the logic module
to the initial checkout mode before
proceeding.
Checkout W7212
24 VAC POWER
REMOVE
JUMPER P-P1
JUMPER T-T1
N1
N
P1
P
EXH
Set
EXH
Min
Pos
T1
T
Open
IAQ
Max
AQ1
SO+
620 OHM 1/4W
RESISTOR
AQ
SO
SR+
TR1
24
VAC
HOT
24
VAC
COM
+
–
1
2
IAQ
B
C
A
D
0-10 VDC OUT
TO ACTUATOR
24 VAC POWER
(HOT) TO 1
5
IAQ
MIN
Free
Cool
SR
TR
3
4
EF
EF1
M23971
To checkout the operation of the W7212,
W7213 or W7214:
1. Remove the MAT or DAT sensor from
T-T1.
6. Provide 24 Vac to TR and TR1
7. Provide 24 Vac hot to terminal 1.
8. The motor will drive open.
2. Remove the jumper from P-P1 and place
it on T-T1.
9. Remove the 24 Vac from TR and TR1 and
the motor should drive close.
3. Remove the OAT and RAT sensors from
SO and SO+ and SR and SR+.
If using a Honeywell DCA, the + on the logic
module will be connected to 3 and does not
need to be connected to – since the actuators
are internally connected to ground.
4. Place a 620 ohm resistor across SO and
SO+ and a 620 ohm resistor across SR
and SR+.
5. Connect the actuator to the + and -.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
152
If using two transformers make sure the
transformers are tied to the same COM and
are from the same power source.
Section 11 - Checkout
Check out C7400 with W7459, W7210 and W7212:
You can check if the C7400 is within the RH
and temperature range with the W7459,
W7210 or W7212 logic modules by the
following method.
• Make sure the sensors are all connected to
the logic module.
• To check the return air C7400 sensor on Sr
and Sr+: Measure the voltage across Sr and
Ground.
• To check the outdoor air C7400 sensor on
So and So+: Measure the voltage across So
and Ground.
• You must have an accurate reading of the
temperature and humidity.
• Find the line on the chart on this slide for
return air C7400 sensor that corresponds to
the voltage you read across Sr and ground.
It should intersect with the humidity and
temperature of your conditions.
• There is a ± 0.3 Vdc range for the sensor
accuracy and above 90% RH the accuracy
changes to ± 0.4Vdc.
The lines and chart for the So C7400 sensor
are slightly different. The reason is for a
differential of the sensor inputs to the logic
modules for a choice between the two sensors
for differential enthalpy. To assure accuracy in
reading these charts, which are small, a table
is provided on the following page for ease of
use.
SO C7400 CHECK
C7400 SO AND GND VDC
20 18 16 14 12 10 8
6
4
90
VDC
1.0
VDC
1.5
VDC
1.9
DC
2.4 V
VDC
2.9
VDC
3.4
VDC
3.9
VDC
4.4
VDC
4.9
+/- .4VDC
>90% RH 80
70
PERCENT 60
RELATIVE
HUMIDITY 50
+/- .3VDC 40
<90% RH
SR C7400 CHECK
C7400 SR AND GND VDC
30
+/- .4VDC
>90% RH
20
20 18 16 14 12 10 8
6
4
90
50
(10)
60
(16)
70
(21)
80
(27)
TEMPERATURE ºF (ºC)
90
(32)
100
(38)
80
M23991
70
DC
1.0 V
VDC
1.5
VDC
2.0
DC
2.6 V
DC
3.1 V
DC
3.6 V
DC
4.1 V
VDC
4.6
VDC
5.1
10
40
(4)
PERCENT 60
RELATIVE
HUMIDITY 50
+/- .3VDC
<90% RH
40
30
20
10
40
(4)
50
(10)
60
(16)
70
(21)
80
(27)
TEMPERATURE ºF (ºC)
153
90
(32)
100
(38)
M23990
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 11 - Checkout
SO
<90% RH
mA curve
Low (-.3 Vdc)
Nominal
High (+.3 Vdc)
> 90% RH
mA curve
Low (-.4 Vdc)
Nominal
High (+.4 Vdc)
Vdc measured between SO and GND
4
0.672
0.972
1.272
6
1.158
1.458
1.758
8
1.644
1.944
2.244
10
2.13
2.43
2.73
12
2.616
2.916
3.216
14
3.102
3.402
3.702
16
3.588
3.888
4.188
18
4.074
4.374
4.674
20
4.56
4.86
5.16
4
0.572
0.972
1.372
6
1.058
1.458
1.858
8
1.544
1.944
2.344
10
2.03
2.43
2.83
12
2.516
2.916
3.316
14
3.002
3.402
3.802
16
3.488
3.888
4.288
18
3.974
4.374
4.774
20
4.46
4.86
5.26
SR
<90% RH
mA curve
Low (-.3 Vdc)
Nominal
High (+.3 Vdc)
> 90% RH
mA curve
Low (-.4 Vdc)
Nominal
High (+.4 Vdc)
Vdc measured between Sr and GND
4
0.72
1.02
1.32
6
1.23
1.53
1.83
8
1.74
2.04
2.34
10
2.25
2.55
2.85
12
2.76
3.06
3.36
14
3.27
3.57
3.87
16
3.78
4.08
4.38
18
4.29
4.59
4.89
20
4.8
5.1
5.4
4
0.62
1.02
1.42
6
1.13
1.53
1.93
8
1.64
2.04
2.44
10
2.15
2.55
2.95
12
2.66
3.06
3.46
14
3.17
3.57
3.97
16
3.68
4.08
4.48
18
4.19
4.59
4.99
20
4.7
5.1
5.5
NOTE: The accuracy of the sensors used to measure the temperature and humidity of the
environment needs to be considered. If you are close to the measurements your C7400
sensor is probably working.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
154
Section 12 - Simulator for W7212
Section 12 - Simulator for W7212
155
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 12 - Simulator for W7212
Honeywell created a simulator to help teach
users how the product functions. The program
is a 10.5 MB file that can be easily loaded onto
your computer desk top. In addition there is a
power point presentation that can also be
downloaded from the same web page to guide
you on how to use the simulator.
On the picture shown below all of the white
arrows are inputs to the economizer logic from
sensors or a commercial thermostat. All of the
red arrows denote changes (potentiometers)
or settings that can be made by the user. And
the black arrows are out puts of the logic
module to the actuator to change the damper
position or to the stages of mechanical cooling
equipment and exhaust fan.
M23992
To download the program:
Go to http://customer.honeywell.com. From
the home page, select Applications and
Downloads from the drop down menu under
the PRODUCTS tab. Or you can click on the
PRODUCTS tab, and then click on
APPLICATIONS and DOWNLOADS in the
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
156
second row of tabs. Once you are on this
page, scroll down to the Economizer logic
module picture and heading. Click on the
picture or “View Details” to go to the download
page. Follow the instruction on the web page
to download the desired file.
Section 13 – Economizer Savings Estimator
Section 13 – Economizer Savings Estimator
157
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 13 – Economizer Savings Estimator
Honeywell has an easy to use savings
estimation software that was designed by
independent consulting Energy Engineers.
The software allows the user to input
information about the equipment on a building,
type of control, occupancy schedule, cost of
adding various economizer and DCV options
and demand and electrical charges. With the
simple click of the mouse, the software will
print an estimation of the electrical and gas
usage in the building and will estimate the
savings and payback for the upgrade options
the user has chosen.
You can choose the default settings for a
building type or set your own occupancy
schedule and control set points for the
buildings.
To download the program:
Go to http://customer.honeywell.com. From
the home page, select Applications and
Downloads from the drop down menu under
the PRODUCTS tab. Or you can click on the
PRODUCTS tab, and then click on
APPLICATIONS and DOWNLOADS in the
second row of tabs. Once you are on this
page, scroll down to the Economizer logic
module picture and heading. Click on the
picture or “View Details” to go to the download
page. Follow the instruction on the web page
to download the desired file.
You can choose to download all weather files
for the US, Canada and California climate
zones or just the files you need for your
region.
The savings is based on 100 years of weather
data from 1900 to 2000.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
158
Make sure you update the cost of electricity
and demand charges in your region. The
current software and estimations are based on
2000 energy costs.
The savings estimator evaluates the operating
costs, cost savings, and payback period
associated with alternate control strategies or
a limited number of prototypical buildings. The
program performs hourly calculations with
fairly detail models of the building and
equipment in order to determine the gas
energy, electrical energy, and electrical
demand costs. This program is not useful as
an energy audit tool for a specific building.
However, it does allow the user to study the
impact of the following variables:
• Climate
• Building size
• Occupancy schedule
• Utility rates
• Equipment type and efficiency
• Cost of controls
The actual costs form this program could differ
significantly from those for a particular building
due to differences in building specifications,
equipment characterizes, specific yearly
weather conditions, actual occupancy, etc.
However, it is expected that the percentage
cost savings associated with the alternative
control strategies would be similar for similar
building types.
For more detailed description of the data used
to calculate the cost savings, click on the
“Tools” tab at the top of the first screen of the
Estimator and choose “Help”
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
From
Honeywell T7100, T7300, T7350, T7400 or
competitive commercial or residential
thermostats
Economizer control systems without
integration of the first stage of cooling from
the commercial thermostat.
Economizer controls such as the W859
with temperature based remote bulb
controllers as the changeover devices.
Economizer control systems with an
electromechanical enthalpy based control
such as the H205 as the changeover
device.
Upgrade to
Honeywell TB7220 or TB8220 commercial thermostats
Solid State Economizer Controller
H705, W7212 or W7215 Economizer Logic module
Two C7400 enthalpy sensors.
Choice of one C7150 mixed air or one C7046 supply air
sensor
New motor/actuator to provide modulating control if
replacement is needed.
Optional C7232 or C7632 carbon dioxide sensor for demand
control ventilation to maximize heating and cooling season
energy cost savings.
Economizer control systems with single
Add second C7400 enthalpy sensor for differential enthalpy
sensor enthalpy such as H705 or W7459. control and increased energy cost savings.
Economizer control systems without
Enhances Economizer Controller
demand control of ventilation (DCV) or
indoor air content sensors such as H705, W7212 or W7215 economizers module
W7459, or W6210 and W7210. Variable air Two C7400 enthalpy sensors.
volume air handlers without occupancy
Choice is one C7150 mixed air or one C7046 supply air
based demand control ventilation.
sensor.
New motor/actuator to provide modulating control if
replacement is needed.
C7232 or C7632 carbon dioxide sensor for demand control
ventilation to maximize heating and cooling season energy
cost savings.
159
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
TRANSFORMER
L1
(HOT)
MIXED AIR
DAMPER MOTOR
T1
L2
T2
W
T675 DRY BULB
HIGH LIMIT
CONTROL
F
110
120
W
OAT
130
100
120
15
16
70
W
40
°F
170
60
R
60
140
90
B
100
80
80
R
140
F
110
120
130
100
140
180
90
R
15
80
16
70
170
60
MINIMUM
POSITION
CONTROL
180
B
R
T991 MIXED
AIR CONTROL
B
NC
C
NO
RELAY
RC
NC
Y1
C
NO
Y2
COOLING
COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT
T1
L1
COOLING
CONTACTOR
T2
L2
M13847
Before: Series 90 with Dry Bulb Changeover
Series 90 was widely used for fifty years as
the primary form of electronic temperature
control. Due to the durability of these devices
there are many of them still in use on rooftop
air handlers throughout the world. This is a
typical configuration for a dry bulb economizer.
The high limit is typically set at 70 or 75°F (21
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
160
or 24°C). A relay is used to switch the mixed
air control circuit as the first stage of cooling to
a minimum position when the outside air
minimum position potentiometer provides
ventilation by preventing full closure of the
outside air dampers.
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
M945 DAMPER MOTOR
TRANSFORMER
L1
(HOT)
FAN STARTER
AUXILIARY CONTACT
T1
L2
T2
COOLING
W
R
FAN
HIGH
SPEED
W
1K2
2K1
R
H205
B
SYSTEM
SWITCH
B
1K1
R
COOL
O
AUTO
MIXED AIR
TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER
W
HEAT
Y2
R
B
2K
1
2
Y1
3
FAN
SWITCH
ON
G
AUTO
1K
MINIMUM POSITION
CONTROL
RELAY COILS
B
2ND STAGE HEAT
W859D ECONOMIZER ASSEMBLY
W2
1ST STAGE HEAT
W1
T874/Q674 THERMOSTAT/SUBBASE
M13848
Before: W859 Economizer With H205
The W859 is a combination of multiple control
devices that is designed to be installed directly
on top of a Mod III or IV Honeywell damper
actuator. Included is a mixed air controller,
transformer, relays for high limit switchover,
minimum damper position and connections for
a SPST outside air high limit.
The mixed air controller capillary extends from
the case of the W859 to the mixed air section.
The setpoint for the mixed air temperature is
on the case.
161
The outside air changeover control is added
during installation and can be either dry bulb
or enthalpy depending on the application.
Many of these were installed on rooftop units
with the schematic illustrated above using a
H205 enthalpy control as the switchover
device. The H205 is an electromechanical
enthalpy control with a nylon humidity
element.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
M945 DAMPER MOTOR
TRANSFORMER
L1
(HOT)
FAN STARTER
AUXILIARY CONTACT
T1
L2
T2
COOLING
W
R
FAN
HIGH
SPEED
W
R
B
B
1K1
1K2
2K1
H705 ENTHALPY CONTROL
TR
TR
B
TR1
C
SO
A
D
SR
MIXED AIR
TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER
TR1
R
COOL
3
2
SYSTEM
SWITCH
1
+
O
AUTO
W
R
B
2K
1K
MINIMUM POSITION
CONTROL
SR
ENTHALPY DECREASE
1
2
3
RELAY COILS
HEAT
Y2
Y1
FAN
SWITCH
ON
G
AUTO
W859D ECONOMIZER ASSEMBLY
B
2ND STAGE HEAT
W2
1ST STAGE HEAT
W1
T874/Q674 THERMOSTAT/SUBBASE
M13849
After: W859 with H705
If the actuator is still usable, an H705 control
can be installed in place of the T675 or H205.
It can be either single sensor or differential
enthalpy. The actuator and other wiring can be
retained. If the actuator is defective or in need
of replacement then refer to the wiring
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
162
diagrams in this manual for the W7212 or
W7215. The selection of an actuator is
dependent on the torque requirements. A
M7415 motor can be used for low torque and a
direct coupled or Mod IV damper actuator for
medium or high torque applications.
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
W973 SINGLE ZONE PANEL
2
1
HEAT
R
F
110
120
140
90
15
80
16
70
170
60
3 HEAT
COOL 3
COOL 1
COOL 2
1
COOL
MOD-HEAT
BH
RH
SENSOR
180
STAT
C +20 H
3
4
2
COOLING
STAGES
MOD-COOL
RC
BC
WC
24 VAC
ECONO
N
SERIES 90 MIXED AIR
DAMPER ACTUATOR
T T1
LOW O.A. AMBIENT
COMPRESSOR
LOCKOUT STAT
(OPTIONAL)
3 COOL
2
WH
W
130
100
5
1
TR TR
W B
Y R
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
W
T1
R
T2
B
3
4
2
1
5
T7067 THERMOSTAT
MINIMUM
POSITION
CONTROL
H205 ENTHALPY
CONTROL
W
100
80
120
R
60
40
°F
1
2
140
3
M13850
Before: W973 With H205 Control
The W973 is a sequencing panel for Single
zone systems that can provide multiple
modulating or two-position output stages of
control plus a modulating economizer. A dry
bulb high limit and a H205 enthalpy control
were widely used in the economizer circuit. If
163
they are replaced with a solid state
economizer controller, the actuator for the
dampers can be retained or replaced. In the
replacement illustration on the next page a
direct coupled actuator is used.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
W973 SINGLE ZONE PANEL
2
1
HEAT
R
F
110
120
130
100
140
90
15
80
16
70
170
60
3 HEAT
W
LOW O.A. AMBIENT
COMPRESSOR
LOCKOUT STAT
(OPTIONAL)
180
3 COOL
2
1
COOL
COOL 3
COOL 1
COOL 2
WH
MOD-HEAT
BH
RH
SENSOR
T T1
3
4
2
3
MOD-COOL
RC
BC
WC
STAT
C +20 H
N
4
1
2
5
24 VAC
TR TR
24 VAC
COOLING
STAGES
ECONO
W B
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
Y R
1
5
T7067 THERMOSTAT
ML7275, ML7285
MIXED AIR
ACTUATOR
60
30
90
W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE
RED
60
24 VAC
HOT
24 VAC
TR HOT
30
500
0
BLACK
500
WHITE
24 VAC
COM
TR1
COM
+
SO
+
SR
RELAYS 1K AND 2K
ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY EXCEEDS
RETURN AIR ENTHALPY
+
5
1S
1
2
3
4
S
+
_
+
S
C7400
OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
C7400
RETURN
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
1K
2K
M13851
After: W973 with W7215 Economizer Module
Another option used widely in the field was to
add a signal transducer on the economizer
output of the W973. A signal is sent to a
W7212 or W7215 to open the outside
dampers if the enthalpy is suitable. The stages
of cooling are sequenced through the W973
panel.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
164
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
W973 SINGLE ZONE PANEL
2
1
HEAT
R
F
110
120
130
100
140
90
15
80
16
70
170
60
3 HEAT
W
LOW O.A. AMBIENT
COMPRESSOR
LOCKOUT STAT
(OPTIONAL)
180
3 COOL
2
1
COOL
COOL 3
COOL 1
COOL 2
WH
MOD-HEAT
BH
RH
SENSOR
T T1
3
MOD-COOL
RC
BC
WC
STAT
C +20 H
N
4
1
2
5
24 VAC
24 VAC
COOLING
STAGES
ECONO
TR TR
W B
Y R
_
+
TRANSDUCER
3
4
2
24 VAC
1
5
T7067 THERMOSTAT
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
ML7275, ML7285
MIXED AIR
ACTUATOR
60
30
90
W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE
RED
60
24 VAC
HOT
24 VAC
TR HOT
30
500
0
BLACK
500
WHITE
24 VAC
COM
TR1
COM
+
SO
+
SR
RELAYS 1K AND 2K
ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY EXCEEDS
RETURN AIR ENTHALPY
+
5
1S
1
2
3
4
S
+
_
+
S
C7400
OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
C7400
RETURN
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
1K
2K
M13852
W7215 Module With W973 Panel and Signal Transducer
165
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
M955 MIXED AIR
DAMPER ACTUATOR
LOW O.A. AMBIENT COMPRESSOR
LOCKOUT STAT (OPTIONAL)
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
T1
F
110
120
130
100
R
R1
170
60
B1
W
15
16
70
T2
W1
140
90
80
180
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
H205 ENTHALPY
CONTROL
W7100 SUPPLY AIR CONTROLLER
COOL
6
B
GND
TR
C
24 VAC
TR
1
2
3
W
SETPOINT
°F
90
40
85
R
ECONO
COOL
B
50
C
80
55
75
Y
10
W
80
70 65
B
9
R
140
8
COOL
# STAGES
20
7
MINIMUM
POSITION
CONTROL
C
RESET °F
60
°F
STAGE
RESISTOR
6
P
P1
A
HEAT
80
20
SENSOR
15
60
50
COOL 4
5
COOL
3
B
30
70
T
T1
C7100 SUPPLY
AIR SENSOR
RESET
COOL 5
4
CHANGEVOER
120
40
A
60
COOL
COOL 6
5
45
B
100
A
C
40
10
A
COOL
REMOTE
SETPOINT
COOL 3
2
B
CONTROL BAND
C
°F
5
4
A
2
16
4
14
3
2
6
12
1
SATELLITE
10
8
COOL
1
COOL 2
B
C
A
COOL 1
M13853
Before: W7100 with H205 Economizer Control
The W7100 is a multiple stage supply air
controller available as cooling only, heating
only or heating and cooling. Modulating
economizer and heat/cool outputs are also
provided. The economizer output is
sequenced at a setpoint slightly below the
cooling stages for maximum efficiency. It is
widely used for control of variable air volume
air handlers. In this diagram a H205
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
166
economizer control is used to return the
outside air dampers to minimum when the
outdoor enthalpy is high. If a H705 is used the
output wiring is identical. On the next page the
H205 is replaced with a W7215 enhanced
economizer module. You can also replace it
with a W7212 economizer module using the
wiring shown in the diagram.
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
F
110
120
130
100
140
90
R
15
80
16
70
170
60
W
180
LOW O.A. AMBIENT
COMPRESSOR
LOCKOUT
STAT (OPTIONAL)
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
W7100 SUPPLY AIR CONTROLLER
COOL
6
B
GND
TR
C
24 VAC
TR
W
RESISTOR TO
ELIMINATE
ECONOMIZER DELAY
SETPOINT
°F
90
40
85
R
ECONO
COOL
B
50
C
80
55
75
Y
COOL
4
B
CHANGEVOER
9
C
RESET °F
8
COOL
# STAGES
20
7
STAGE
RESISTOR
RESET
6
80
T
T1
C7100 SUPPLY
AIR SENSOR
P
P1
15
20
5
COOL
B
50
C
40
10
COOL 3
A
COOL
REMOTE
SETPOINT
2
B
COOL 2
CONTROL BAND
C
°F
5
A
2
16
4
4
14
3
2
SATELLITE
COOL
8
10
1
COOL 1
B
C
6
12
1
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
3
30
60
COOL 4
A
HEAT
70
SENSOR
COOL 5
A
60
70 65
10
5
45
B
COOL 6
A
A
W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE
RED
60
30
90
60
30
500
BLACK
0
24 VAC
HOT
24 VAC
TR HOT
24 VAC
COM
TR1
COM
+
SO
+
SR
RELAYS 1K AND 2K
ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY EXCEEDS
RETURN AIR ENTHALPY
+
5
1S
1
2
3
4
S
500
WHITE
+
_
+
S
C7400
OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
C7400
RETURN
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
1K
ML7275, ML7285
MIXED AIR
ACTUATOR
2K
M13854
W7215 Economizer Module with W7100 Controller
167
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
F
110
120
130
100
TO POWER SUPPLY
140
90
R
15
80
W
16
70
170
60
180
LOW O.A. AMBIENT
COMPRESSOR
LOCKOUT
STAT (OPTIONAL)
TO POWER SUPPLY
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
W7100 SUPPLY AIR CONTROLLER
COOL
6
B
GND
TR
C
24 VAC
TR
W
SETPOINT
°F
90
40
85
R
ECONO
COOL
B
50
C
80
55
75
Y
COOL
4
B
CHANGEVOER
9
C
RESET °F
8
COOL
# STAGES
20
7
STAGE
RESISTOR
RESET
6
80
T
T1
C7100 SUPPLY
AIR SENSOR
P
P1
15
20
5
COOL
B
50
C
40
10
COOL
REMOTE
SETPOINT
B
C
°F
4
14
2
SATELLITE
COOL
8
10
1
B
C
6
12
1
COOL 2
A
2
16
3
24 VAC
2
CONTROL BAND
4
+
TRANSDUCER
COOL 3
A
5
_
3
30
60
COOL 4
A
HEAT
70
SENSOR
COOL 5
A
60
70 65
10
5
45
B
COOL 6
A
COOL 1
A
W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE
RED
60
30
90
60
30
500
BLACK
0
24 VAC
HOT
24 VAC
TR HOT
24 VAC
COM
TR1
COM
24 VAC
TRANSFORMER
+
SO
+
SR
RELAYS 1K AND 2K
ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY EXCEEDS
RETURN AIR ENTHALPY
+
5
1S
1
2
3
4
S
500
WHITE
+
_
+
S
C7400
OUTDOOR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
C7400
RETURN
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
1K
ML7275, ML7285
MIXED AIR
ACTUATOR
2K
M13855
After: W7100 and Signal Transducer with W7215 Module
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
168
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
HONEYWELL
SERIES 72
ACTUATOR
24 VAC HOT
W7215A
24 VAC COM
(ML7275,
ML7285,
ML7295A,C
M7275,
M7285)
TR
TR1
SO
+
SR
+
S
+
620 OHM
RESISTOR
5
1S
1K
4
+
2
3
4
T
T1
P
P1
Q
Q1
2K
+
2-10V
OUT
Ð
1
MINIMUM POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
6
C7150B
MIXED
AIR OR
C7046A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
1S1
Ð
C7400
OUTDOOR
AIR
ENTHALPY
SENSOR
5
FREE
COOL
T775 CONTROLLER
7
C
+
NO
C
NC
SD
EXHAUST
FAN
AC
INDOOR
FAN
PG
NO
C
NC
2-10 VDC
INDOOR
AIR SENSOR
SD1
SHUT DOWN
AC1
AIR CHANGE
PG1
PURGE
W
T6031
AMBIENT
LOCKOUT
CONTROL
50¡ F
SETPOINT
C
Y1
COOL 1
Y2
COOL 2
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS
AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN
IS NOT RUNNING.
3
ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED
TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER
AND ACTUATOR.
5
Ð
AQ1
+
UNIT
CONTROL
R
4
AQ
NC
C
NO
NC
C
NO
1
MAXIMUM
POSITION
ADJUSTMENT
UNOCCUPIED
ST6008
TIMER
OCCUPIED
2
G
3
FAN
L2
1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN
POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.
1
L1
(HOT)
R
FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL
ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT
IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO
ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.
HVAC EQUIPMENT
TERMINAL STRIP
6
FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY
SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.
7
T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL.
M13845
After: T775 Series 2000 Controller with the W7212 Module
The W7100 or W973 controllers may be
replaced with a T775 series 2000 electronic
controller directly. The series 2000 has from
1 to 12 output stages depending on the model.
See the T775 product literature for details.
169
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
How replace an H205 or Barber Colman TH2
Electromechanical Enthalpy control with an H705
Procedure
7. Install two wires from a 24 Vac power
source to the TR and TR1 power
terminals of the H705. The H705 draws
only 5 VA, so a separate transformer
should not be required. Use 1/4 in. female
quick connects to attach the two power
wires to the H705.
In general, a contractor can replace an
electromechanical enthalpy control with an
H705 by following these steps:
1. Disconnect power from the HVAC
equipment.
To add differential enthalpy;
2. Remove access panel and locate the
electromechanical control.
3. Remove the three wires from the control
and label them: yellow is terminal 1 and
normally open; red is terminal 2 and
common; blue is terminal 3 and normally
closed.
4. Remove the electromechanical control.
5. Connect the three wires to the SPDT
switch of the H705. The H705 terminal
designation matches the H205 and the
THC-2. Use 1/4 in. female quick connects
to attach the three wires to the H705.
6. Install the H705 in the same location as
the removed H205 or THC-2 if they were
case and cover models. If non-case and
cover models are being replaced, use the
mounting bracket provided with the H705.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
170
8. Locate a C7400 in the return air duct and
attach to duct work with sheet metal
screws.
9. Connect two wires from the C7400
terminals SR and + to the terminals SR
and + of the H705. Use 1/4 in. female
quick connect to attach the wires to the
H705 and C7400.
10. Re-apply power to the HVAC unit.
11. Reset or re-check the minimum position
and ventilation to make sure it meets
code and the ventilation required for the
space.
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
Economizer Systems Quick Selection Guide
ECOMOMIZER SYSTEM SELECTION
NO
(Standard)
INCLUDE
Demand Control Ventilation
(DCV)?
YES
(Advanced)
Motor
Type
Foot
Mount
25 lb-in.
Torque
DCA
44 lb-in.
Torque
Foot
Mount
60 lb-in.
Torque
Motor
M7415
M9175
MS7505
W7210
M7285
M7286
W7210
M9185
M9186
H705,
W7210b
DCA
MS7510
88 lb-in.
Torque
DCA
MS7520
175 lb-in.
Torque
a
b
Logic
Module
W7459A,D
H705 or
W7210b
Sensors
Enthalpy:
C7400a with
C7150
Temperature:
C7650 with
C7150
W7210
Motor
Type
Foot
Mount
25 lb-in.
Torque
DCA
44 lb-in.
Torque
Foot
Mount
60 lb-in.
Torque
M13300
Motor
M7415
M7215
M9175
MS7505
M7285
M7286
M9185
M9186
DCA
MS7510
88 lb-in.
Torque
DCA
MS7520
175 lb-in.
Torque
W7210
Logic
Module
W7460
W7212/13/
14
Sensors
Enthalpy:
C7400a with
C7150
W7215b,
W7212b,
W7213/14
W7215
Temperature:
C7650 with
C7150
CO2: C7232
W7215,
or C7632
W7212,
W7213/14
W7215,
W7212b,
W7213/14b
W7215,
W7212,
W7213/14
W7215,
W7212,
W7213/14
Enthalpy sensor. Use two for differential enthalpy and one for single enthalpy. For Dry Bulb only, use C7650 instead.
To operate a Series 90 motor, the W7210 and W7215 require a Q7230 interface module or the proper resistor combination
(included in the
4074EJM resistor kit), see form 63-2544 for details.
NOTE: Series 90 Mod Motors™ can be retrofit using W7210, W7212 or W7215 Economizer
Logic Modules and a Q7230 or the proper resistor combination.
Refer to form 63-2544 for details on using Economizer Logic Modules with Series 90
motors.
171
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
Logic Module Details
Model
Standard
ISI
OSI
Enthalpy
High
Limit
Exhaust
Fan
Setpoint
Shutdown
and Air
Change
Purge
Motors
Controlled
OS Number
H705a
W749
No
No
None
None
No
No
Series 90
H705A1003
No
No
None
No
No
M7415
W7210
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
None
No
W7459A1001
W7459D1005
W7210A1001
W7210D1005
Advanced
W7212
Yes
b Yes
W7213/14
W7215
Yes
W7460
Yes
a
b
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Series 72
Yes
Yes
Adjustable Yes
Fixed
Adjustable Yes
Fixed
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Series 72
Series 72
Series 72
M7415
W7212A1009
W7213A1008b
W7214A1007b
W7215A1006
W7215B1004
W7460A1008
W7460B1006
The H705 includes a SPDT logic module and C7400 sensor (both affixed to the mounting plate).
Terminals B-B1 (W7213) for heat pump applications, terminals 0-01 (W7214) for heat pump applications.
Sensor Details
Model
C7150
Sensor of
Temperature
C7400
C7650
C7232
Enthalpy
Dry Bulb
Temperature
CO2
C7632
CO2
Details
Discharge or
Mixed Air
Changeover
Wall Mount
Duct Mount
Wall Mount
Duct Mount
Comments
Thermistor on board
OS Number
No Display
Display
C7150B1004 —
—
—
C7400A1004
C7650A1001
—
—
Outputs: one relay, one
0/2-10 Vdc analog or
4-20 mA
Outputs: one fixed 0-10 Vdc
analog
(fixed 0-2000 ppm)
C7232A1016
C7232B1014
C7232A1008
C7232B1006
C7632A1004
C7632B1002
—
—
Cross Reference
Any Honeywell economizer can be upgraded
to use the latest economizer models with the
added options of Demand Control Ventilation,
exhaust fan set point, purge, air change,
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
172
outdoor air quality, or system shutdown. See
below for cross reference and upgrade options
for the economizer modules and sensors.
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
Sensors
Sensor
C7046A1004
C7046A1012
C7046A1020
C7046A1038
C7046A1046
C7150B1004
C7150B1012
C7150B1020
C7150B1038
C7150B1046
C7232A1008
C7232A1016
C7232A1024
C7232A1032
C7232A1057
C7232B1006
C7232B1014
C7232B1022
C7232B1030
C7242A1006
C7242A1014
C7242A1022
C7242A1022
C7242A1030
C7242A1048
C7242B1004
C7242B1012
C7242B1020
C7242C1002
C7242D1000
C7242D1018
C7242E1007
C7400A1004
C7400A1012
C7400A1020
C7400A1038
Comments
Standard with 8 in probe
OEM Carrier
OEM York
C7046A1038 has 12 inch probe
OEM Rheem with 24 inch leads
Standard 3k ohm @ 70°F
OEM Carrier 3750 @ 70°F
Standard 3750 @ 70°F
Standard 10k @ 70°F
Wall with display, 1 relay out with Honeywell logo
Wall no display, 1 relay out with Honeywell logo
Wall with display, 1 relay out, no Honeywell logo
Wall no display, 1 relay out, no Honeywell logo
Wall with display, 1 relay out, Honeywell logo,
220 Vac, on-off
Duct with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out with Honeywell
logo
Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out
Duct with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out, no Honeywell
logo
Duct no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out, no Honeywell
logo
Wall with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out
Wall with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out
Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out
Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out
Wall with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out
Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out
Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out
Duct with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out
Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out
Portable with display, 1 analog out
Wall with display, Echelon model
Duct with display, Echelon model
Outdoor no display, 1 analog out
Standard
OEM York
Use with H705
OEM Lennox
173
Can be replaced with
C7046A1004
C7046A1004
C7046A1004
C7046A1004
C7150B1004
C7150B1004
C7150B1004
C7232A1016
C7232A1008
C7232A1008
C7232A1016
none
C7232B1014
C7232A1008
C7232B1006
C7232B1014
C7232A1016
C7232A1016
C7232A1008
C7232A1008
C7232A1016
C7232A1008
C7232A1008
C7232B1006
C7232A1008
none
C7242D1000
none
C7400A1004
C7400A1004
C7400A1004
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
Sensor
C7400A1046
C7400A1053
C7632A1004
C7632B1002
C7650A1001
C7650A1027
Comments
OEM Carrier
OEM Bard
Wall no display, with Honeywell logo, 1 analog out
Duct no display, with Honeywell logo, 1 analog out
Standard
OEM Carrier
Can be replaced with
C7400A1004
C7400A1004
C7650A1001
Economizer
Economizer
H205A1004
H205A1012
H205A1053
H205A1061
H205A1087
H205A1095
H205A1103
H705A1003
H705A1011
H705A1029
W6210A1003
W6210D1007
W6215A1008
W7210A1001
W7210D1005
W7210D1013
W7212A1009
W7212A1017
W7212A1025
W7212A1033
W7215A1006
W7215A1014
W7215B1002
W7215B1004
W7299A1005
W7299A1013
Comments
Standard
With mounting plate, adjustment knob, and
scale
OEM Climate Control
OEM Carrier #HH57AC076
OEM Trane #13540687-01
OEM Carrier #HH57AC075
OEM Trol-A-Temp with mounting plate,
adjustment knob, and scale
Standard
OEM York #025-27491
OEM Carrier #HH57AC077
Standard
High enthalpy limit model
Standard
Standard
High enthalpy limit model
OEM York #10165
Standard
OEM Carrier #HH63AW001
OEM York #10208
Do not replace with W7212A1009
OEM Lennox #60M1001
Standard
OEM Carrier
OEM Trane #X13610221-01
With outdoor IAQ
OEM York #65997 W7212A1025 +
M7215A1024 + 4074EGR
Do not replace with standard model.
Standard W7212A1009 + M7215A1008
+4074EGR + 32001401-017
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
174
Can be replaced with
H705A1003
H705A1003
H705A1003
H705A1003
H705A1003
H705A1003
H705A1003
H705A1003
H705A1003
W7212A1009
W7212A1009
W7212A1009
W7212A1009
W7215A1006
M7415B1020 + Q709A1005
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
Economizer
W7340A1004
W7340A1012
W7340A1020
W7340B1002
W7340C1000
W7345A1009
W7345B1001
W7399A1004
W7399B1002
W7399C1010
W7415A1004
W7459A1001
W7459A1019
W7459A1027
W7459A1035
W7459A1050
W7459B1009
W7459C1007
W7459D1005
W7460A1008
W7460B1006
W7499A1003
W7499A1011
W7499A1029
W7499A1037
W7499B1001
W859A1000
W859A1034
Comments
OEM Trane Standard
With wire harness
OEM Trane #X1365108202
OEM Trane Standard #X1365108203
OEM Trane
OEM Trane
Standard W7340A1004 + M7215A1016
Can be replaced with
W7340C1000
W7340C1000
W7340C1000
W7340C1000
W7345B1001
W7399C1010
W7399C1010
OEM Standard
W7340C1000 + M7215A1016
OEM Trane #X13610221-02
Standard
OEM York #3597
Do not replace with W7459A1001
OEM Lennox #54G4301
OEM limits minimum position to 50% open
and allows operation with temp activated
switch
OEM Bard #8602-053
Use with M7405 and W7401
Use with M8405
High enthalpy limit model
Standard
With outdoor IAQ
Standard M7415A1006 + W7459A1001
OEM York M7415A1014 + W7459A1019 Do
not replace with standard models.
OEM Trane #1361023001
M7415A1006 + W7459A1035
OEM Trane #X12650879-01
M7415A1089 + W7459A1036
OEM Carrier #HF25CA003.
M7415B1004 + W7459A1001
Check voltage, original economizer was 120
Vac. If required use 198162EA in Mod IV
Motor.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
175
M7415A1063 + Q709A1013
W7459A1001
W7459A1001
W7459A1001
W7212A1009 + Q769C1000
W859F1005 + 203977A
W859F1005 + 203977A
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
Economizer
W859A1042
W859B1017
W859C1040
W859C1057
W859D1015
W859D1023
W859D1031
W859D1049
W859D1064
W864D1007
W864D1023
W864D1031
W899A1006
W899A1030
Comments
Check voltage, original economizer was 120/
208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in
Mod IV Motor.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
Check voltage, original economizer was 120/
208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in
Mod IV Motor.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
Check voltage, original economizer was 120/
208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in
Mod IV Motor.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
Check voltage, original economizer was 120/
208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in
Mod IV Motor.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
Check voltage, original economizer was 208/
240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in Mod IV
Motor.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
Original economizer had 76 inch averaging
element Replacement has 144 inch
averaging element. 203977A required for
Mod IV applications only.
Check voltage, original economizer was 120/
208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in
Mod IV Motor.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
Check voltage, original economizer was 208/
240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in Mod IV
Motor.
203977A required for Mod IV application
only.
M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160)
+198162EA may be substituted for
M9164A1013.
M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160) may be
substituted for M9164A1013.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
176
Can be replaced with
W859F1005 + 203977A
W859F1005 + 203977A
W859F1005 + 203977A
W859F1005 + 203977A
W859F1013 + 203977A
W859F1021 + 203977A
W859F1013 + 203977A
W859F1021 + 203977A
W859F1013 + 203977A
W859F1021 + 203977A
W859F1021 + 203977A
W859F1021 + 203977A
W859F1005 + M9164A1013 +
203977A adaptor
W859F1005 + M9164A1013 +
203977A adaptor
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
Economizer
W899A1089
W899E1028
W899E1036
W899E1051
W899E1085
W899G1034
W899G1042
W899G1075
W957B1019
W957C1018
W957D1009
W957E1016
W957F1007
Y514A1090
Y514A1124
Y514A1132
Y514A1173
Comments
Can be replaced with
W859F1005 + M9164D1009 (with
stroke set to 90) + 203977A adaptor
M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160) may be W859F1013 + M9164A1070 +
substituted for M9164A1070.
203977A adaptor
OEM Singer
W859F1021 + M9164A1013 +
M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160)
203977A adaptor
+198162EA may be substituted for
M9164A1013.
M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160) may be W859F1021 + M9164A1070
substituted for M9164A1070.
+198162AA transformer + 203977A
adaptor
M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160) may be W859F1021 + M9164A1070
substituted for M9164A1070.
+198162AA transformer + 203977A
adaptor
M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be W859F1013 + M9185A1018 +
substituted for M9185A1018.
203977A adaptor
M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be W859F1021 + M9185A1018
substituted for M9185A1018.
+198162AA transformer + 203977A
adaptor
OEM Singer #050760
W859F1021 + M9185A1018
M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be +198162AA transformer + 203977A
substituted for M9185A1018.
adaptor
OEM Trane #13610206-01
W859F1021 + M9185A1018
M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be +198162AA transformer + 203977A
substituted for M9185A1018.
adaptor
M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be W859F1021 + M9185A1018 +
substituted for M9185A1018.
203977A adaptor
W859F1021 + M9185D1004
+198162AA transformer + 203977A
adaptor
W859F1021 + M9185D1004
+198162AA transformer + 203977A
adaptor
OEM Carrier #HF25CA002A
W957G1006
W859F1021 + M9185A1018
+198162AA transformer + 203977A
adaptor + H205A1004 + 138823 Knob
OEM Trane
W859F1021 + M9164A1070
M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be +198162AA transformer + 203977A
substituted for M9185A1070
adaptor + H205A1004 + 7616BR Crank
arm + 118349 Scale Plate +
M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be W859F1021 + M9185A1018 +
substituted for M9185A1018.
203977A adaptor + H205A1012 +
138823 Knob
OEM Trane
W859F1021 + M9185D1004
+198162AA transformer + 203977A
adaptor + H205A1004 + 7616BR Crank
Arm + 118349 Scale Plate + 138823
Knob
177
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades
Commercial Thermostats
Commercial Thermostats
All T7300's with Q7300H
Comments
Communicating
Modulating
All T7300's with Q7300A2008
All T7300's with Q7300A and
Q3700C
All T7300's with non-Q7300H
T7300 with Q7300A2016,
Q7300A2008, Q7300C2004 and
Q7300C2012
Conventional or Heat Pump
Conventional or Heat Pump
Can be replaced with
T7350H1009
T7350H1017
T7350M1008
T7350A1004
T7350B1002
Conventional or Heat Pump
Commercial VisionPRO 8000
T7350D1008
TB8220U1003
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
178
Appendix
Appendix
Glossary
Air Content Sensor—A sensor used to
measure certain components of the air in
a room or other supply source. It is used
as an input to adjust control sequences or
parameters. Carbon Dioxide (CO2) is
frequently measured as one component
of overall air quality to make adjustments
to ventilation controllers.
Air Quality Standard—A government
mandated regulation which specifies the
maximum contaminant concentration
beyond which health risks are considered
to be unacceptable.
Automatic Control Loop—A set of devices
that react to a change or imbalance in the
controlled variable by adjusting other
variables to restore the desired balance.
Balance Point—The outside air temperature
value at which the cooling equipment is
turned on. It is used to calculate the
savings from an economizer control
application.
Building-Related Illness—A diagnosable
illness with identifiable symptoms whose
cause can be directly attributed to
airborne pollutants within a building such
as Legionnaires disease or
hypersensitivity pneumonitis.
Controlled Medium—The medium in which
the controlled variable exists. In a room
temperature control loop, the controlled
variable is the space temperature and the
controlled medium is the air within the
room.
Controlled Variable—The quantity or
condition that is measured and controlled.
Differential Enthalpy—The selection of a
supply air source for the mixed air based
on the lower enthalpy value derived from
two enthalpy sensors located in the
outside and return air sources.
Most Honeywell electronic enthalpy
economizer modules are based on a
similar setpoint configuration. The
available settings A, B, C and D are for
single sensor or high limit enthalpy
control. For differential enthalpy the dial is
turned to D.
Dilution—The reduction of airborne
concentration of contaminants through an
increase in outdoor air supplied to the
area.
Discharge or Supply Air—Air which has
been treated (heated or cooled) before
being supplied to the conditioned area or
room.
Changeover Control—The control device
used to switch over from outside to return
air or visa versa to make optimum use of
outside air for free cooling.
179
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Appendix
Economizer—Economizer controls provide
“free cooling” during the cooling season
by measuring the temperature or enthalpy
of outside air. Outside air is used for
cooling if it is sufficiently cool and dry.
This reduces the usage of the mechanical
cooling equipment and reduces cooling
costs.
Electric Control—A control circuit that
operates on line or low voltage and uses
a mechanical device, such as a
temperature-sensitive bellows, to perform
control functions, such as actuating a
switch or positioning a potentiometer. The
controller signal typically operates or
positions an electric actuator or may
switch an electrical load directly or
through a relay.
Electronic Control—A control circuit that
operates on low voltage and uses solidstate components to amplify input signals
and perform control functions, such as
operating a relay or providing an output
signal to position an actuator. The
controller typically furnishes fixed control
algorithms based on the circuitry inside
the solid-state components.
Electromechanical Controller—A control
device such as the H205 which is
constructed of moving parts instead of
solid state or electronic components.
Typically more calibration and
replacement is required of these devices
than solid state controllers.
Enthalpy—A measure of the total energy
content of air based upon both
temperature and moisture content. When
selecting air for cooling it is a better
measurement than solely temperature.
Final Control Element—A device such as a
valve or damper that is used to change
the value of the manipulated variable.
Positioned by an actuator.
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)—The
characteristics of the indoor climate of a
building, including the gaseous
composition, temperature, relative
humidity, and airborne contaminants.
Integrated Economizer—An economizer
control circuit that replaces the inefficient
“wild” economizer by only enabling
outside air for cooling when there is a call
for cooling from the commercial
thermostat.
Manipulated Variable—The quantity or
condition regulated by the automatic
control equipment to cause the desired
change in the controlled variable.
Mixed Air—The combination of outdoor and
return air prior to mechanical cooling or
heating.
Modulation—A control mode with minute
increments and decrements.
Proportional Band—In a modulating
controller, the control point range through
which the controller output varies through
a predefined range (3 to 15 PSI - 21 to
103 kPa, 2 to 10 volts, 1 to 100%).
Sometimes expressed in percent of
primary sensor span. Commonly used
equivalents are “throttling range” and
“modulating range”, usually expressed in
degrees of temperature.
Sensing Element—A device or component
that measures the value of a variable
such as temperature or humidity.
Setpoint—The value at which the controller is
set such as the desired room temperature
on a commercial thermostat.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
180
Appendix
Throttling Range—In a modulation controller,
the control point range through which the
controlled variable must pass to move the
final control element through its full
operating range. Expressed in values of
the controlled variable such as degrees,
percent relative humidity, or pressure in
pounds per square inch or kPa. Also
referred to as “proportional band”. For a
modulating commercial thermostat, the
temperature change required to drive the
manipulated variable from full off to full
on.
Total Heat—Same as enthalpy.
Two-Position—A basic on-off control circuit in
which the device being controlled is either
full on or full off with no intermediate
operating positions available. Also
referred to as “on-off” control.
181
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC)—One of
a class of chemical components that
contain one or more carbon atoms and
are volatile at room temperature and
normal atmospheric pressure. In indoor
air, VOCs are generated by such sources
as tobacco smoke, building products,
furnishings, cleaning materials, solvents,
polishes, cosmetics, deodorizers and
office supplies.
'Wild Economizer'—A mixed air control
circuit in which outside air is used virtually
on a continuous basis whether or not
there is a call for cooling from the
controlled area. This can be very
inefficient in some applications and raise
heating costs.
Zoning—The practice of dividing a building
into sections for heating and cooling
control so that one controller is sufficient
to control the heating and cooling
requirements for the section.
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Appendix
Accessories for the M74XX Series Actuators
4074EHB Screw Terminal Adapter—converts quickconnect terminals to screw terminals. Adapter can be used
with or without 7640QF
M11523
4074 EHB
7640QF Terminal Enclosure—provides wiring enclosure
for electrical terminal connections. Enclosure can be used
with or without 4074EHB Screw Terminal Adapter. Bag
assembly includes: terminal housing, cover plate
M11519A
7640QF
Q709A Actuator Mounted Minimum Position
Potentiometer—permits adjustment of minimum damper
position and provides quick-connect terminals for remote
minimum position potentiometer
P
MIN
P
POS 1
N
INCR
Q709
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
182
M11535
Appendix
ECONOM
IZER LOW
LIMIT
S963B1136 Minimum Position Potentiometer— permits
remote adjustment of minimum damper position; can be
used with or without Q709A Actuator Mounted Minimum
Position
HEAT/CO
OL
M11548A
S963
C7150B1004 Mixed or Discharge Air Thermistor Sensor—
use with M7415A proportioning
M11533
C7150B
C7046 Discharge Air Sensor—use in place of
C7150B1004 if desired.
C7046C
183
M11518
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Appendix
4074EGR Crank Arm Assembly
M3856A
Q298B Linkage Hardware—enables linking the actuator to
an additional damper. Consists of two crank arm
assemblies, two ball joint assemblies, and variable length
push rods (in 10, 16, or 24 inch lengths)
M11546
Q298
Q769A 6 to 9 volt Adapter for M7415A actuator—enables
the actuator to be proportionately modulated with a 6 to 9
Vdc signal. The Q769A may also be used in lieu of a
Q709A to control the minimum position of an M7415A with
a 6 to 9 Vdc signal when a C7150B is used as a
temperature sensor.
Q769B 4 to 20 mA Adapter for M7415A actuator—enables
the actuator to be proportionately modulated with a 4 to 20
mA signal. The Q769B may also be used in lieu of a
Q709A to control the minimum position of an M7415A with
a 4 to 20 mA signal when a C7150B is used as a
temperature sensor
MIN
P1
POS
N P
6V to
9V
M3853A
PUSH Q769 ONTO
M7415 ACTUATOR
4074EKV Auxiliary Switch—provides switching capability
for controlling auxiliary equipment. The switch acts as a
function of the actuator shaft position
M3852A
Adapters and potentiometers are available to be installed directly on actuator or on W7459 controller.
63-8594 Honeywell Economizers
184
Appendix
185
Honeywell Economizers 63-8594
Technical Reference Manual
Automation and Control Solutions
Honeywell International Inc.
Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée.
1985 Douglas Drive North
35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992
Toronto, Ontario M1V 4Z9
Design and Application Guide for
Honeywell Economizer Controls
customer.honeywell.com
® U.S. Registered Trademark
© 2007 Honeywell International Inc.
63-8594 Rev. 08-07
BLD509-10 Econ Guide Cover.indd 1
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled
paper containing at least 10%
post-consumer paper fibers.
7/16/07 3:47:13 PM